Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Internet Content & Information / AutoWeb

AutoWeb

auto · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker auto
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Internet Content & Information
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · AutoWeb
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Auto Trader Group plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Driving trust and 
transparency

Auto Trader Group plc is 
a 100% digital business having 
successfully completed the 
transition from a print title in  
2013. Auto Trader sits at the heart 
of the UK’s vehicle buying and 
selling processes and operates 
the UK’s largest digital  
automotive marketplace. 

Business at a glance 

Strategic report
02 
04  Market overview 
Our business model 
10 
Chief Executive Officer’s statement 
12 
Delivering on our priorities 
16 
Key performance indicators 
22 
Financial review 
26 
Risk management 
30 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
33 
36  Corporate social responsibility

Governance
44  Governance overview 
46 
Board of Directors 
48  Corporate governance statement 
54 
Report of the Nomination Committee 
Report of the Audit Committee 
56 
60  Directors’ remuneration report 
73 

Directors’ report

Financial statements
76 

Independent auditors’ report to the  
members of Auto Trader Group plc only 
Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated balance sheet 

79 
80  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
81 
82  Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
83  Consolidated statement of cash flows 
84  Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
116  Company balance sheet 
117  Company statement of changes in equity 
118  Notes to the Company financial statements 
123  Shareholder information

Follow us:
twitter.com/ATInsight 

To view and download  
this report online: 
ar2017.autotrader.co.uk

 
There’s nothing more important  
than trust and transparency in  
today’s automotive marketplace.  
A transparent market makes  
car buying fair, inherently  
generating trust and building  
better relationships.
Auto Trader creates this trust  
and transparency throughout  
the market, allowing car buyers  
and sellers to focus on the  
things that really matter.

We are doing this by combining technology, 
data and 40 years of automotive industry 
experience to provide a great digital 
experience for car buyers and a range of 
value-adding data and advertising services  
to car retailers and manufacturers.

Read more about our strategy and 
operating priorities on page 13.

01

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Basic 
EPS 

+22% 

to 15.64p per share

Total dividend  
per share 

5.2p

interim 1.7p  
plus final 3.5p

We have achieved another strong year of growth across 
all three of our revenue streams. Our audience has grown – with 
increases in cross platform visits, minutes spent on our marketplace 
and full page advert views – and we have delivered on our capital 
return policy. 

Financial highlights

Revenue 

+9% 

to £311.4m

Operating 
profit 

+18% 

to £203.1m

 65%

Margin

 60%

Margin

Underlying  
operating  
profit 2 

+19% 

to £207.2m

2016 
£281.6m

2017 
£311.4m

2016
£169.6m

2017 
£203.1m

Cash generated  
from operations 3

+£32.8m 

to £212.9m

Net external 
debt 4

-£37.6m 

to £355.0m

 67%

Margin

 61%

Margin

2016
£171.3m

2017 
£207.2m

 2.2x

Leverage 5

 1.6x

Leverage 5

2016
12.67p

2017 
15.64p

2016
£180.1m

2017 
£212.9m

2016
£392.6m

2017 
£355.0m

Cash returns to 
shareholders 6 

+£123.7m 

to £128.7m

Change from 52-week to  
annual accounting period
As the 2017 financial year was five 
days longer than the previous year, 
year-on-year percentages for revenue, 
costs and profits have been adjusted 
to reflect like-for-like growth. 

Read more in our Financial  
review on page 26.

2016
1.5p

2017 
5.2p

2016
£5.0m

2017 
£128.7m

Operational highlights

Average monthly 
cross platform  
minutes 7,8

+12% 

to 582m
(2016: 521m)

Average Revenue Per 
Retailer forecourt 
(‘ARPR’) per month 8

+£162 

to £1,546
(2016: £1,384)

Number of retailer 
forecourts advertising 
on Auto Trader 8 

-2% 

to 13,296
(2016: 13,514)

Advert views  
per month 8,9  

+2% 

to 247.4m
(2016: 242.8m)

1 

2 

3 

4 

 ‘2017’ references the 369 day period ended 31 March 2017 and the  
comparative ‘2016’ references the 52 week period ended 27 March 2016  
unless otherwise stated.
 Operating profit before share-based payments and associated national 
insurance (‘NI’) and exceptional items.
 Cash generated from operations is defined as net cash generated from 
operating activities, before corporation tax paid. 
 Net external debt is gross external indebtedness, less cash and 
cash equivalents.

5 

6 

 Leverage is Net external debt as a multiple of Adjusted underlying EBITDA 
(earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation, 
share-based payments and associated NI and exceptional items).
 Cash returns to shareholders comprise dividends paid and the cost of share 
buybacks (excluding transaction costs). 

7  Cross platform minutes measured by comScore.
8   Average number during the year. 
9  

 Company measure of the number of inspections of individual vehicle 
advertisements on the UK marketplace for both physical and virtual stock.

02

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Business at a glanceTrade

Revenue from retailers and home traders advertising  
their vehicles and utilising Auto Trader’s products.

Revenue performance

Percentage of revenue

+9%

to £262.1 million 
(2016: £236.4 million) 

84%

Consumer services

Revenue from private sellers who can place an advert  
on the marketplace for a fee and from our partners  
who provide services to consumers.

Revenue performance

Percentage of revenue

+4%

to £31.8 million 
(2016: £30.3 million) 

10%

Display advertising

Revenue from manufacturers and their advertising  
agencies who advertise their brand or services  
on the marketplace.

Revenue performance

Percentage of revenue

+16%

to £17.5m 
(2016: £14.9m) 

6%

Our business model

Chief Executive Officer’s statement

Financial review

page 10

page 12

page 26

03

Our revenue streamsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsMarket overview

The automotive market today

The UK automotive marketplace continues to grow. Used car volumes 
are benefitting from previous new car growth, which is expected to 
decline modestly from the record highs reached in 2017.

2.7m

new cars registered in  
the 12 months to March 2017 1

2.6% 

increase in new car  
registrations in the 12 months 
to March 2017 1

8.2m 

used cars sold in the 12  
months to March 2017 1

11% 

growth in finance agreements 
for used cars in the 12 months  
to March 20172 

UK automotive market and macroeconomic conditions

New and used car sales volumes
The number of vehicles in the UK continues 
to grow, fuelled by increases in both new car 
registrations and the average scrappage 
age. The number of new cars registered in 
the 12 months to March 2017 increased for 
a fifth consecutive year to 2.7 million units 
(growth of 2.6%) according to the Society 
of Motor Manufacturers and Traders 
(‘SMMT’)1. Sales to fleet customers were 
particularly strong, up 6.3% year-on-year, 
whilst the number of new cars registered to 
retail individuals was broadly flat after four 
consecutive years of growth, despite the 
dip in consumer confidence following the 
Brexit result.

2017 started strongly with a record rise in 
new car registrations in the first quarter. 
This was in part due to a very strong March 
as consumers looked to buy ahead of an 
increase in vehicle excise duty effective 
1 April 2017. 

Low rate finance and new car desirability  
are key drivers to the growth the market is 
experiencing at this time. The continuation 

of attractive finance propositions has 
underpinned levels of new and used car 
transactions. 86% of private new car sales 
were purchased using dealership finance, 
and the total value of finance agreements 
for used cars grew 11% in the 12 months to 
March 2017 2. High levels of finance uptake 
have contributed to a reduction in the 
average length of car ownership to 3.2 years 
from 3.6 years since 2011, as new cars are 
introduced into the used car market at the 
end of finance agreements.

Despite the exceptionally high performing 
first quarter of the year, and the continuation 
of low interest rates, the industry expects that 
new car transactions will begin to plateau or 
decline in 2017, and new car registrations were 
down by 0.6% year-on-year for the five months 
to May 20171. We expect the strong new car 
market performance in recent years will 
continue to have a positive impact on used car 
transactions, building on the 8.2 million used 
cars sold in the 12 months to March 2017, 
which increased by 4.9% over the same 
period last year. 

UK economy and EU Referendum 
considerations 
Since Britain voted to leave the European 
Union, consumer spending and service 
sector growth have remained steady, 
helping the UK economy to grow by 0.7% in 
Q3 and Q4 of 2016. GDP grew by 2.0% in 2016 
and similar levels are predicted for 2017. 
However, inflation has climbed steadily in 
the past two years, reaching 2.7% in April 2017 
and estimated to rise further with the fall in 
the pound raising the prices of imported 
goods and raw materials. Interest rates 
remain low, with the Bank of England cutting 
its base rate from 0.5% to 0.25%; this 
continued low level of interest rates has 
provided consumers with attractive car 
finance deals and supported the strong 
new car market.

Whilst we have seen fairly limited impact  
to date from the result of the European 
Referendum, the UK’s decision to leave the 
EU does continue to cloud future growth 
expectations as it is not clear whether Britain 
will follow a hard or soft Brexit strategy. Turn 
to page 33 for more details about the impact 
of the EU Referendum on Auto Trader.

Number of new car registrations
 (’000s)
3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

2015

2016

2017

Year-on-year growth rate in that month
12 month rolling total

Number of used car transactions
 (’000s)

9,000

7,500

6,000

4,500

3,000

1,500

0

 (%)
15

10

5

0

-5

2015

2016

2017

(%)
30

25

20

15

10

5

0

-5

-10

-15

1 
2 

 SMMT trends data, March 2017 and May 2017.
 Fleet and Leasing Association (‘FLA’) data for 12 months to March 2017. 

04

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017The role of digital platforms 
in the car buying journey

The importance of trust in  
today’s marketplace 
Consumers now approach car buying in  
the same way as most other purchases. This 
means a growing dependence on online tools 
and services that offer more transparency in 
the retail process. Transparency creates 
trust which is important because it drives 
consumer confidence and influences 
buying decisions. 

In the car buying journey, transparency on 
price alleviates the need to ‘haggle’, as car 
buyers are well informed on whether the 
advertised price is fair and reflects the 
market. This is instilled further by our price 
‘indicators’ which inform car buyers as  
to how the advertised price compares 
to the market price. 

Dealer reviews 
Reviews by other car buyers also play an 
increasingly influential role, influencing over 
one third of car purchase decisions 3. Similar 
to other retail sectors, reviews left by other 
consumers offer buyers more transparency 
over the whole process. 

Transparent valuations 
In addition to clear and transparent 
information on price, car buyers also demand 
transparency on other aspects of the buying 
and selling process. Car buyers may want to 
know the value of their car if considering its 
sale, either through part-exchange or a 
private transaction. Having clear information 
on the likely financial returns for different 
selling methods gives sellers more options 
and also makes processes easier and helps  
to make decisions quicker.

We anticipate that the growing reliance 
on online tools by car buyers will increase 
engagement with Auto Trader’s consumer 
products and its marketplace in general. 
Auto Trader’s valuations tool is used  
422,000 times by consumers each month  
and our Part-Exchange Guide is used 117,000 
times per month.

3 

 Auto Trader Research conducted for  
Auto Trader’s Click Awards May 2016  
by Acacia Avenue.

4  Auto Trader Market Report, March 2017.
 Auto Trader Market Tracking Study 2017.
5 

The trust 
model

Financing a car
With 86% of new cars 
bought on finance in the  
12 months to March 20172, 
buyers also want to know 
what the deposit and 
monthly payment is likely 
to be. 55% of recent car 
buyers said they worked 
out their monthly budget 
when researching their 
next car 4. 

The introduction of our 
dealer finance tool on our 
full page adverts has 
increased engagement 
with car buyers on the 
marketplace. With over 
half of car buyers thinking 
of the monthly payment 
during the research process 4, 
this product has the ability to extend 
the car buying journey beyond research 
to a transactional phase.

New cars
28% of buyers are open to purchasing a  
new car 5, highlighting how undecided 
buyers are on their next purchase. The 
growth of ‘nearly new’ or younger used  
cars also offers more choice, blurring the 
lines between new and used and leaving  
car buyers more open to influence. As  
a result, car buyers rely more heavily  
on online tools to help them make a 
purchase decision.

The launch of our new car ‘virtual stock’ 
enables consumers to see new car options 
alongside used cars and therefore offer 
more choice to car buyers. 

We anticipate that the continued 
development of this product will help 
position Auto Trader as a new and used  
car destination, increasing engagement  
with our existing users and also attracting 
new audiences who may have not 
considered Auto Trader as a new car 
marketplace.

05

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statements 
Driving efficiencies in 
today’s complex market

The automotive market, with nearly 11 million car transactions each  
year, is complex and often inefficient. We believe that by improving  
transparency, we can help remove some of the friction that’s currently  
felt in the car buying process, which will lead to people changing their cars  
more often – a win for consumers, retailers and the industry as a whole.

Through the evolution of our digital platforms and our innovative  
data products we continue to make the car buying process easier for  
Consumers, Trade and Manufacturers. 

Manufacturers

2.7m

new car 
registrations

The role we play 

New car 
editorial 
and reviews

New cars

Display 
advertising

1.4m

Fleet
& lease
customers 
Commercial buyers
of new cars 

06

1.3m

New cars sold 
via retailers

Trade

New 
cars

Used
cars

Trade-
to-trade
transactions

0.1m

Business
Direct car sales
to businesses 

The role we play 

Classified advertising

Finance solutions

Forecourt 
management tools

Valuations

Creating a trusted 
marketplace

Dealer websites
Retailer brand 
advertising 

1.2m

New cars direct to consumers

5.2m

Used car sales 

to consumers 

Part-exchange of used cars

Consumers

9.4m

cars sold to consumers 

(new and used)

3.0m

consumer-

to-consumer

transactions

The role we play 

New and used 

car search listings

Vehicle Check

Dealer Reviews 

and ratings 

Valuations

Price Indicator 

Private sales 

Motoring services

Motoring advice

Auction

Buying and selling
by all types
of car traders

Third parties 

making cash

offers to

consumers

Used car sales to immediate cash buyers

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Market overview continuedConsumers

Trade

Manufacturers

Owners of the 34 million  
cars in the UK involved in the 
purchase and sale of both 
new and used cars through 
the ecosystem.

Retailers involved in the sale of 
new and used cars to consumers. 
They are also typically involved 
in part-exchanging cars as well 
as sourcing and disposing of 
them, usually at auction. 

New cars are delivered into 
the market from manufacturers 
into fleet and lease (direct to 
businesses) and sold to consumers 
via a franchise network.

Manufacturers

2.7m

new car 

registrations

The role we play 

New car 

editorial 

and reviews

New cars

Display 

advertising

1.4m

Fleet

& lease

customers 

Commercial buyers

of new cars 

1.3m

New cars sold 

via retailers

Trade

New 

cars

Used

cars

Trade-

to-trade

transactions

0.1m

Business

Direct car sales

to businesses 

The role we play 

Classified advertising

Finance solutions

Forecourt 

management tools

Valuations

Creating a trusted 

marketplace

Dealer websites

Retailer brand 

advertising 

1.2m

New cars direct to consumers

5.2m

Used car sales 
to consumers 

Part-exchange of used cars

Consumers

9.4m

cars sold to consumers 
(new and used)

3.0m
consumer-
to-consumer
transactions

The role we play 

New and used 
car search listings
Vehicle Check
Dealer Reviews 
and ratings 
Valuations
Price Indicator 
Private sales 
Motoring services

Motoring advice

Auction

Buying and selling

by all types

of car traders

Third parties 
making cash
offers to
consumers

Used car sales to immediate cash buyers

 This symbol indicates 
Auto Trader’s interaction  
with the market. Turn over  
to find out more about the 
services we offer to each 
of these audiences...

07

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statements 
How we make the market  
simpler and more efficient

Consumers
Consumers
9.4m
9.4m

cars sold to consumers 
(new and used)
cars sold to consumers 
(new and used)

3.0m
3.0m
consumer-
to-consumer
consumer-
transactions
to-consumer
transactions

Trade
Trade

New 
cars
New 
cars

Used
cars
Used
cars

5.2m
5.2m

used car sales
to consumers
used car sales
to consumers

Trade-
to-trade
Trade-
transactions
to-trade
transactions

Manufacturers
Manufacturers
2.7m
2.7m

new car registrations
new car registrations

08

Consumers buy from trade retailers 
or buy and sell to each other using 
an automotive platform such as 
Auto Trader, or through other means.

“Reviews are very helpful, 
very insightful; something  
I always look at to get a good 
understanding of what I’m  
buying. I know how important 
online reputation is and how 
much it lends towards the 
credibility of a business.”

Car buyer January 2017

Trade retailers buy new cars 
directly from manufacturers, 
and used cars from auction 
houses, other retailers or 
directly from the consumer.

“Part-Exchange Guide allows 
customers to get a valuation  
from an independent, trusted 
source, prior to contacting us.  
It manages the customer’s 
expectations and puts us and  
the customer on the same page.”

Shelbourne Motors October 2016

New cars are delivered into 
the market into fleet and lease  
(direct to businesses) and sold  
to consumers via a franchise.

“The content partnership with 
Auto Trader provided a trusted 
and credible platform on which 
to highlight all the ways in which 
the Tipo gives you more for  
less on any car journey.”

Fiat Brand Communications Manager 
January 2017

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Market overview continuedOur business model

page 10

The role we play 

 New and used car search listings
 Consumers can search from around 
450,000 used cars and 6,000 new cars 
on the marketplace each month, using 
a standard make/model search or via 
discovery search if they aren’t sure 
of the exact vehicle they want.

 Vehicle Check
 A free standard five point vehicle 
check so consumers can quickly 
assess the provenance of a vehicle.

 Dealer Reviews and ratings 
  Over 5,000 retailers feature in over 
325,000 reviews , helping consumers 
make an informed and trusted decision 
about who they want to buy from.

The role we play

 Classified advertising
 Our core classified platform reaches the 
UK’s largest automotive audience. Our 
product packages enable retailers to 
compete effectively on the marketplace. 
Our ‘starter’ retailer package now 
includes products such as 100 images, 
Live Chat, Dealer Reviews, and the 
Part-Exchange Guide. We offer 
progressively higher levels giving retailers 
the opportunity to pay for greater 
prominence and stand out in a search.

 Finance solutions
 After gaining FCA authorisation, we can 
now enable retailers to display their 
own finance calculator as standard on 
their full page adverts on Auto Trader.

The role we play 

 New car editorial and reviews
 Make/model pages for all new cars 
improve the buying journey, and the 
extra content enhances Auto Trader’s 
position in the new car market.

 Valuations
 We provide free vehicle valuations 
offering both a private sale price as 
well as a part-exchange price.

 Price Indicator 
 Powered by our valuations, these 
good, great or low price indicators give 
consumers full price transparency so 
they can understand the price they are 
paying compared to the market value. 

 Private sales 
 Consumers can list their vehicles 
for sale directly to other consumers.

 Motoring services
 We offer consumers a variety 
of services to help them make 
an informed decision about the 
car they are looking to buy, these 
include: vehicle check, finance, 
and insurance.

 Motoring advice
 We feature over 48,000 expert and 
owner reviews, as well as regularly 
updated editorial and advice  
articles to help both confident and 
unconfident car buyers in their  
car buying journey.

 Forecourt management tools
 Powered by both our own and 
third-party data, we offer data 
intelligence solutions (i-Control and 
Retail Check) enabling retailers to buy 
the right stock, at the right price.

 Valuations
 An improvement in the underlying  
data that powers our valuations has 
allowed us to launch spec-adjusted 
valuations which power price 
indicators consumers see on the 
marketplace. Our valuations also 
power our part-exchange tool.

 Creating a trusted marketplace
 We invest in technology and a team 
that is focused on creating a safe and 

 New cars
 We extended our discovery search 
to include over 6,000 brand new car 
make/model variants. These new cars 
are unregistered and do not physically 
exist, and are called ‘virtual stock’.  
The change was designed to allow 
manufacturers to advertise their  
stock in front of buyers earlier in  
the car buying journey.

secure marketplace. We remove 
misleading adverts and also operate 
two-factor verification on our 
platforms to protect our customers.

 Dealer websites
 We provide mobile-optimised 
websites for our retailers which 
feature many of our core tools,  
i.e. Part-Exchange Guide, finance 
calculator and Dealer Reviews.

 Retailer brand advertising 
 We offer retailers a range of display 
advertising packages so they can 
promote their business as well as 
individual vehicles.

 Display advertising
 Our platforms enable  
manufacturers to promote their  
brands to the largest and most 
engaged automotive classified 
audience.

09

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leveraging the scale of our  
network to generate value 

Inputs
Auto Trader is the UK’s 
largest digital automotive 
marketplace. Our trusted 
brand has been built over 
the last 40 years through 
advancements in our 
technology and products, 
coupled with a highly  
skilled digital workforce. 

What we do
We have built a network of highly 
engaged consumers searching around 
450,000 used cars and 6,000 new car 
make/model variants from a diverse 
retailer base. This is the network effect 
model – a self-perpetuating cycle with 
each element further fuelling the next.

Stock

C

a

o

u

n

d

s

i

u

e

m
e
r

n
c
e

Trusted 
marketplace

s
Retaile r
& manufac t u r

e rs

Our  
people

Technology

Data

Brand 
strength

10

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Our business modelOur strategy

Delivering on our priorities

 page 13

 page 16

What this means
We are the most effective 
platform for consumers, 
retailers and manufacturers. 

Outputs
As a result, we continue to improve 
our market position and generate 
greater shareholder value.

This results in more  
users, greater spend  
and even more data 
which ultimately 
generates 
incremental value.

Value

Trust in  
the market

Brand  
reputation

Market  
position

Data & insight

Revenue

Shareholder  
returns

11

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsChief Executive Officer’s statement

Trust and transparency are 
key purchase drivers in today’s 
consumer buying journey

We have strived to create greater 
transparency and therefore trust 
in our marketplace, benefitting 
consumers, retailers and 
manufacturers alike.”
Trevor Mather 
Chief Executive Officer

Auto Trader has built on the momentum 
generated in its first year as a listed  
company to deliver a good financial  
and operational performance. We have 
strived to create greater transparency  
and therefore trust in our marketplace, 
benefitting consumers, retailers and 
manufacturers alike. This in turn continues  
to increase the value we deliver, making  
the car buying journey a simpler, more 
enjoyable and trusted process.

Summary of operating performance
We have continued to deliver increased value 
for our retailer customers. Our audience has 
grown, with increases in cross platform visits, 
minutes spent on our marketplace and full 
page advert views, consolidating the position 
we hold of having the largest and most 
engaged audience, as consumers increasingly 
interact with content such as retailer reviews, 
vehicle videos and new car editorial.

The bigger audience was accompanied by 
greater levels of stock. Although the number 
of retailer forecourts was slightly down, this 
was predominantly in smaller and non-car 
related market segments. The reinforcing 
nature of our network effect, when coupled 
with our pricing initiative for the year, saw us 
grow Average Revenue Per Retailer (‘ARPR’) 
by £162 to £1,546 (2016: £1,384).

As a result, we have continued to grow 
revenue across all of our revenue streams 
(Trade, Consumer services and Display 
advertising), with growth of 9%1 in total. 
This growth, combined with further cost 
reductions as we continue to focus on 
operating a simpler, leaner and more 
data-oriented business, resulted in an 
increase in Underlying operating profit 
of 19% to £207.2m. Operating profit was 
up 18% to £203.1m, representing another 
good year for the business.

1 

   As the 2017 financial year was five days longer than 
the previous year, year-on-year percentages for 
revenue, costs and profits have been adjusted to 
reflect like-for-like growth. Read more in our  
Financial review on page 26.

12

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Our business model

Key performance indicators

page 10

page 22

Our strategy
We remain focused on delivering our strategy to be the UK and Ireland’s 
leading digital automotive marketplace and help improve the processes of  
buying and selling vehicles for consumers, retailers and manufacturers alike. Our 
priorities are regularly reviewed, and in 2017 we focused on six operating priorities 
which we felt would help us to achieve our strategic goals, and I am particularly 
proud of the progress the Group has made against these priorities.

See page 16 to learn more 
about how we are delivering 
on our priorities.

To be the UK and Ireland’s leading digital automotive marketplace

We will simplify our business 
and integrate our assets

We will continuously  
improve and be brilliant  
at everything that is  
at our core

We will build a digital  
culture that is values-driven, 
customer focused and 
data-oriented

Operating priorities

1

2

3

Increase consumer audience, 
advert views and use of  
our valuation tools

Promote trust and fairness  
in the marketplace

Grow ARPR in a balanced,  
sustainable way by creating  
value for our customers

The network effect model calls for the 
largest and most engaged audience in 
order to drive the most advert views 
and ultimately sales of retailers’ stock. 
Offering useful services that help 
consumers to buy and sell easily, like 
the valuation tool, is essential to keep 
our marketplace relevant.

A trusted, fair and effective marketplace 
is core to the value we deliver to 
consumers, retailers and manufacturers, 
who expect us as operator and 
custodian of the marketplace to ensure 
all participants benefit.

ARPR is our primary driver of revenue 
growth so the more balanced we can be 
(across price rises, stock listing growth, 
product upsell and cross-sell), the more 
sustainable our revenue will be in the 
long term.

4

5

6

Extend the penetration  
of products outside of our  
core classified proposition

Enhance our relevance  
and value to manufacturers

Operate a simpler,  
leaner and more  
data-oriented business

Leveraging our core business to meet  
the wider needs of retailers, helping them 
to remove inefficiencies and become 
more profitable, whilst providing 
Auto Trader with a material source of 
future revenue growth and a closer 
relationship with its customers.

One third of new car buyers state that 
Auto Trader would be one of their first 
destinations when looking to buy a brand 
new car 2 therefore there is a huge 
opportunity to promote the relevance 
and value of our marketplace with 
manufacturers and new car buyers alike.

Making our processes and procedures 
more intuitive and streamlined whilst 
harnessing the data from our marketplace 
will benefit both our customers and 
employees. Creating a high-performing, 
continuously developing business will 
unlock opportunities and provide a truly 
digital experience for all.

2  Auto Trader Brand Tracking research (January – February 2017), conducted by Acacia Avenue, March 2017.

13

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsProgress made against our 
operating priorities

1    Increase consumer audience, advert 
views and use of our valuations tools

During the year, our audience has continued 
to grow: cross platform visits 3 have increased 
to 55.4 million per month (2016: 47.9 million); 
minutes spent on our marketplace 3 have 
grown by 12% to a total of 582 million minutes 
on average per month (2016: 521 million), 
and full page advert views increased to 
247.4 million per month (2016: 242.8 million 
per month).

We continue to embed our valuations with 
the trade and consumers alike, with a focus 
on becoming the benchmark for the industry, 
and have delivered record numbers of 
valuations this year. The number of valuations 
conducted by consumers rose by 25% to a 
total of 17.1 million (2016: 13.7 million), being 
particularly buoyed by the introduction of 
our Part-Exchange Guide product. 

2    Promote trust and fairness 

in the marketplace

Over the past 40 years, Auto Trader has 
become synonymous with buying and selling 
cars. This heritage has allowed us to build a 
trusted position which we have leveraged 
to become an advocate of transparency, 
delivering free consumer valuations, 
Part-Exchange Guide, Vehicle Checks, 
Dealer Reviews, and most recently, Price 
Indicator, which benefits the users of our 
entire marketplace.

3    Grow ARPR in a balanced, 

sustainable way by creating value 
for our customers

Through delivering increased value to our 
customers, we were able to successfully 
execute our annual pricing event in the 
first quarter of the financial year. The added 
value of more consumers and more 
engagement has been complemented by 
an increase in physical stock on site, with the 
average number of cars growing to c.450,000 
(2016: c.437,000) underpinned by good used 
car transaction numbers in the year. We have 
seen marginally lower forecourts in the year, 
down 2% to 13,296 (2016: 13,514), with fewer 
non-car and small independent forecourts, 
offset partly by growth in franchise 
forecourts. Together with the gains made 
on our product lever both within and outside 
of our core classified packages, this enabled  
us to grow ARPR by £162 to £1,546. 

14

growth in advert views

2%
£1,546

ARPR per month, up £162 (2016: £1,384)

4    Extend the penetration of 
products outside of our core 
classified proposition

We have improved the number of managing 
forecourts to c.2,500 (2016: c.1,900) and 
moved more customers up the selling 
package staircase. However, as expected, 
retailing solutions revenue declined as 
a result of discontinued revenue from 
pay-per-click (‘PPC’) and search engine 
optimisation (‘SEO’) products, as well as 
the re-platforming of our buying portal 
and website templates. 

5    Enhance our relevance and value 

to manufacturers

We have continued to grow our relevance to 
manufacturers, reflected in higher Display 
advertising revenue in the year, with growth 
of 16% (2016: 23%) in spite of uncertainty in the 
lead up to the EU Referendum. We continue 
to believe there is a significant opportunity  
in display as we foresee further shift by 
manufacturers from traditional marketing 
channels to digital channels, in line with 
the trends seen in other retail sectors. Our 
priority is to become known to consumers, 
manufacturers and agencies as a destination 
for new cars, and we have taken a significant 
step towards this in 2017 with the addition 
of over 6,000 brand new cars to our 
marketplace, which we call ‘virtual stock’.

6    Operate a simpler, leaner and more 

data-oriented business

Over the year, we have operated in a lean 
and agile way and seen continued benefits 
from the consolidation into two offices. 
Despite continued investment in new 
products, developers and front-line sales 
people, we expect to maintain our current 
headcount, and become increasingly more 
data-oriented, reaching ever higher levels 
of performance.

Driving a more transparent 
and trusted marketplace
Consumers spend around 11 hours 4 
researching their next car online, visiting on 
average 2.2 dealerships 5 before they make 
their purchase. They buy cars now as they  
do any other consumer goods, demanding 
transparency, ease and trust in the seller.  
If sellers, in our case automotive retailers, 
don’t offer a transparent, easy and 
trustworthy experience, a consumer may 
go elsewhere. 

With this in mind, and to encourage retailers 
to operate in a more transparent and trusted 
manner, we took the decision to restructure 
our packages so that they now include 
products that will allow them to compete 
more effectively on the marketplace. Our 
new ‘starter’ package includes products 
such as: Dealer Reviews, Part-Exchange 
Guide, 100 Images and Live Chat – all tools 
that we see as a basic requirement for a 
retailer to compete effectively in today’s 
digital marketplace. We have five levels in 
total, which progressively increase up to 
‘Advanced’ and ‘Premium’, giving retailers 
the opportunity to pay more for greater 
prominence and stand out when consumers 
search for cars on a desktop. Greater 
prominence and appearing higher in the 
search results increases a retailer’s ability to 
sell a car, faster, therefore increasing profit. 

Creating price transparency
Our most recent launch, Price Indicator, 
directly addresses how retailers can provide 
a greater level of transparency in their pricing 
to consumers, as it labels their stock with  
a ‘good price’, ‘great price’ or ‘priced low’ 
indicator. These indicators are powered by 
our valuations algorithm which has been 
developed to incorporate features such as 
live market movements, specifications and 
optional extras. The market is constantly 
changing – there are over 12,000 price 
changes every day on Auto Trader and nearly 
20,000 cars are added or removed – so rather 
than prescribe a definitive price position,  
we advise retailers to price to the market so 
they are more likely to see an indicator on 
their advert. 

3 

4 

 Monthly visits and monthly minutes 
as measured by comScore.
 Auto Trader Car Buyer Report, conducted 
by Gfk,May 2016.

5  Auto Trader Market Tracking Study 2017. 

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Chief Executive Officer’s statement continuedOur business model

Key performance indicators

 page 10

 page 22

Culture and people
As part of the Group’s digital culture, 
incorporating an agile and lean working 
ethos, we have continued to find ways of 
operating more efficiently whilst ensuring 
that teams are truly data-oriented. We 
therefore took the decision to assign  
every team their own dedicated data  
analyst, embedding data practices fully 
across the organisation.

The Group’s most valuable resource is our 
employees, and the success of the Group  
is to their credit. And it’s having a truly  
diverse employee base that allows for  
a more rounded, creative and innovative 
organisation. We respect and appreciate 
diversity and have made a conscious effort 
to educate and challenge attitudes. Every 
one of our employees has participated in a 
one-day workshop focusing on creating 
common understanding of the concepts as 
well as exploring their unconscious biases. 
We have created networks for women, those 
with families as well as common interest 
groups, to ensure employees feel supported 
by a network of like-minded individuals. It is 
our ambition to become one of the most 
diverse and inclusive employers in the UK.

price changes every day on Auto Trader

12,000
20,000
2,500

cars are added or removed daily

retailer forecourts currently use our 
data-driven Managing products, i-Control 
or Retail Check (2016: 1,900)

Promoting finance solutions  
for our retailers
Since gaining FCA authorisation, which 
enables us to show the monthly borrowing 
cost of a specific vehicle based on a retailer’s 
preferred lender, over 1,300 retailers are 
benefitting from our finance product, initially 
on a free of charge basis. Finance is a key 
revenue stream for our customers, with over 
86% of new cars sold on finance and growth 
of 11% in the total value of finance agreements 
for used cars in the year 6, so this is a valuable 
proposition for retailers. It is also an added 
benefit for consumers as they will be able to 
work out how to finance a specific car with 
the vehicle retailer rather than seeking 
finance elsewhere.

Stocking and pricing to the market
In addition to driving trust and transparency 
in the marketplace, we advocate the power 
of using data to stock and price vehicles 
correctly. At year end, approximately 2,500 
retailer forecourts (2016: c.1,900), listing  
34% of trade stock, were using our data 
intelligence Managing products, i-Control or 
Retail Check. These products allow retailers 
to utilise data that is relevant to them to help 
them buy the most desirable stock, at the 
right price, so they can optimise stock turn 
and therefore profit – helping them do 
business more efficiently.

Generating value for manufacturers
When looking to buy a new car, Auto Trader  
is spontaneously front of mind for almost  
a quarter of consumers. Coupled with an 
increase of over 6,000 brand new ‘virtual 
stock’ cars onto our marketplace, this has 
increased sales leads and amplified the value 
we now offer to manufacturers and their 
networks. We have also continued to build 
key relationships with manufacturers and 
their media agencies and we are working 
with them to leverage our data and insight 
to target buyers at the right time in their 
car buying journey.

Acquisition of Motor Trade Delivery 
In April 2017, we acquired Motor Trade  
Delivery Limited (‘MTD’), an online real-time 
marketplace for the trade delivery of vehicles 
across the UK, and welcomed its nine 
employees to the Group. This acquisition is  
an extension of our overall strategy of using 
digital technology to improve efficiencies  
for our retailer customers.

6 

 The Finance & Leasing Association data 
for the 12 months to March 2017.

Outlook for 2018
After a number of years of near uninterrupted 
growth, the industry expects new car 
registrations to plateau or decline in calendar 
2017, but anticipates greater used car 
transaction volumes as past observations 
suggest that the recent strong growth in new 
car sales will continue to stimulate demand 
for used cars. 

Retailer forecourt numbers are set to be flat 
to marginally down, with overall stock levels 
expected to continue to grow. ARPR 
improvement is expected to return to 2016 
growth levels at or above £130 per month, 
with the majority of growth from the product 
lever. This reflects the recent bundling of 
products into our new selling package levels 
as well as upselling of the new Advanced and 
Premium levels. MTD will be reported as a 
component of Trade revenue, but outside of 
Retailer revenue, and therefore will not 
impact ARPR.

Consumer services revenue momentum is 
expected to remain at low single digit, whilst 
Display advertising growth (to be renamed 
Manufacturer & Agency) is expected to 
slow slightly from recent levels but remain 
double digit.

Costs, taking into account MTD and 
share-based payments, are expected to 
increase at the rate of mid single digit with 
headcount remaining flat and salary inflation 
set to rise in an increasingly competitive 
market. Spend on marketing as a percentage 
of revenue is expected to remain broadly 
constant, with slightly higher overheads 
being offset by further, albeit smaller, savings 
in depreciation and amortisation.

Operating profit will replace Underlying 
operating profit as our key performance 
measure from financial year 2018, with 
operating margins set to rise further.

The Board is confident of delivering its 
growth expectations in the coming year, 
despite wider economic uncertainly fuelled 
by the result of last year’s EU Referendum. 
We believe our strong market position, and 
continued ability to add value to consumers, 
retailers and manufacturers will position us 
well to deliver growth.

Trevor Mather
Chief Executive Officer 
8 June 2017

15

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsDelivering on our priorities

Consistently 
delivering on our 
priorities

A clear focus on our six operating priorities 
allows us to monitor our strategic progress and 
deliver results, consolidating our position at the 
forefront of the UK automotive marketplace.

Industry challenge

76%

of car buyers claim that 
transparent pricing  
of cars is the most  
important thing to them 1.

1

Increase consumer 
audience, advert 
views and use of our 
valuations tools

We continue to operate the UK’s largest 
digital automotive marketplace with an 
average of 582 million cross platform  
minutes and 55 million cross platform visits 
per month, viewing an average of 247 million 
full page advert views per month and 
conducting over 17 million valuations as 
consumers seek to understand the private 
sale or part-exchange value for their cars. 

Progress during the last year:

582m

cross platform minutes each month.

2% 

increase in advert views year-on-year.

17m

consumer valuations conducted  
on site over the year.

Video car adverts

New ways to view stock
Video adverts help reassure car buyers that they  
are buying a vehicle from a reputable and trusted  
retailer. It’s another vital way retailers can deliver 
transparency with car buyers that builds trust.

1 

 Auto Trader 
September 2016 Market Report.

16

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Key performance indicators

 page 22

2
Promote trust and fairness  
in the marketplace

As an industry that has a low perception of trust with consumers, 
it’s essential that the industry works together to drive greater 
levels of transparency and therefore trust. If growth of 
transparency is adopted industry-wide, it will remove some of 
the friction that’s currently felt in the car buying process and lead 
to people changing their cars more often. 

Progress during the last year:

Forced removal of misleading adverts that 
deliberately misinform consumers.

We implemented an extra layer of security with  
two-factor verification on our dealer portal accounts.

We launched Dealer Reviews for our retailer customers, as well as 
forming partnerships with major review platform providers, to 
enable them to show a level of trust to car buyers.

We continued to harmonise retailer pricing structures and created 
new packages for financial year 2018. The new packages, including 
the ‘starter’ package, provide retailers with products that allow 
them to convey trust and transparency with consumers, i.e. 100 
Images, Dealer Reviews, Live Chat, and Part-Exchange Guide.

Price Indicator

Creating price transparency 
Powered by our valuations algorithm, we launched ‘good’,  
‘great’ and ‘low’ price indicators onto the marketplace so 
consumers get transparency in the pricing of cars. 

17

Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20173
Grow ARPR in a 
balanced, sustainable 
way by creating value  
for our customers

We continually innovate to develop new and 
enhance existing products and services for 
consumers, retailers and manufacturers to ensure 
we are always delivering value. We’ve made 
significant strides in improving our valuations data, 
which has allowed us to provide adjusted valuations 
based on spec, something that the rest of the 
industry has struggled to achieve. We have also 
enhanced our Dealer Portal with new functionality 
that allows group reporting, enabling self-serve 
of a dealer group’s performance dashboard, and  
a new look stock management dashboard, so 
retailers can assess levels of response and adjust 
their advertising and pricing accordingly.

Progress during the last year:

Physical car stock on site has increased 
year-on-year by 3%.

Portal is now utilised by around 87% 
of our retailer customers.

We’ve increased prices to reflect the value we 
deliver to our customers, adding more products 
as standard into our packages.

We migrated all of our customers onto a new 
monthly billing system, Singleview, helping us 
to improve our customer service as well as our 
effectiveness to cross sell products.

Increased car stock on our marketplace
(’000s)

2015

2016

2017

Year-on-year growth rate in that month
12 month rolling total

460

440

420

400

380

360

340

320

300

18

(%)

20

15

10

5

0

-5

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Delivering on our priorities continuedKey performance indicators

page 22

i-Control
We have continued to 
develop the functionality 
of our data intelligence 
solutions, i-Control and 
Retail Check. Users of 
these tools will now 
exclusively be able to  
see adjusted guide  
price valuations based  
on adding spec.

4
Extend the penetration 
of products outside  
of our core classified 
proposition

We have removed sales commissions from our 
sales and service teams and implemented a new 
‘challenger’ sales approach. This ensures our 
teams are equipped to provide strategic business 
consultancy and are therefore more able to 
articulate value in products that sit outside of our 
core classified offering. We have also continued to 
develop products outside of our core, for example 
products that allow retailers to manage and market 
their businesses more effectively.

Progress during the last year:

We have increased penetration of products outside 
of our core selling proposition, growing usage of our 
Managing products, i-Control and Retail Check.

We gained FCA authorisation allowing us to show 
a retailer’s own finance deals on their adverts on 
Auto Trader.

Launched new website templates in order for us 
to compete more effectively.

Launched a new retailer brand advertising 
proposition.

2,500

retailer forecourts using our data-driven Managing 
products, i-Control or Retail Check

19

Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20175
Enhance our relevance  
and value to manufacturers

Auto Trader is spontaneously top of mind for almost a quarter of 
consumers when looking to buy a new car 2. Coupled with an increase 
of over 6,000 brand new make/model variants onto our marketplace, 
this has increased the sales leads and amplified the value we now offer 
to manufacturers and their networks. We have also continued to build 
key relationships with manufacturers and their media agencies and are 
working with them to leverage our data and insight to target buyers at  
the right time in their car buying journey.

Progress during the last year:

Updated over 300 new car make/model 
pages, enabling consumers to make an 
enquiry with a local retailer.

Continued to develop new advertising 
and creative formats so manufacturers 
and their retailer networks can reach new 
car buyers at the right time, on the right 
channel with the right message.

Developed our cross platform audience 
targeting, beginning to embed our data 
management platform, helping us to 
target audiences more effectively. 

Increased Display advertising revenue 
from manufacturers and their media  
agencies by 16%.

Virtual stock

This year we extended our discovery search 
with the addition of over 6,000 brand new, 
make/model variants to our marketplace, 
what we have called ‘virtual stock’.

1/3

of new car buyers state that Auto Trader 
would be one of their first destinations when 
looking to buy a brand new car 2.

2 

 Auto Trader Brand Tracking Data from 
Acacia Avenue (January – February 2017).

20

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Delivering on our priorities continuedKey performance indicators

 page 22

6
Operate a simpler,  
leaner and more  
data-oriented  
business

As part of the Group’s digital culture, incorporating 
an agile and lean working ethos, we have continued 
to find ways of operating more efficiently whilst 
ensuring that teams are truly data-driven, resulting 
in every team being assigned their own dedicated 
data analyst.

In a bid to operate a simpler and more efficient 
business, we have migrated all our 13,000 retailer 
forecourts onto a new billing system enabling our 
sales teams to manage and monitor product 
penetration as well as customer value.

Data-driven 
product development

Understand

Build

Data

Learn

Measure

Progress during the last year:

100%

migration of retailer forecourts onto new billing 
system, Singleview

Developed the “Auto Trader Way” methodology to 
standardise the approach to product development, 
placing data at the heart of everything we do.

21

Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Key performance indicators

Financial performance KPIs

We use the metrics below to track our financial performance.

Revenue 
£m

+9%

311.4

281.6

255.9

Underlying operating  
profit
£m

Underlying operating  
profit margin 
%

+19%

207.2

171.3

144.1

+6% pts

61

56

67

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Operating priorities
1   2   3   4   5  

Operating priorities
1   2   3   4   5   6

Operating priorities
1   2   3   4   5   6

Definition
The Group generates revenue from three 
different streams: Trade, Consumer 
services and Display advertising. Trade 
is further analysed into three classes: 
Retailer, Home Trader And Other.

Progress
Revenue increased by 9%, coming from 
a 9% increase in Trade revenue, as well as 
growth of 4% in Consumer services and 16% 
in Display advertising revenue. Refer to 
the Financial review for further detail on 
each revenue stream.

Definition
Underlying operating profit is Operating 
profit before management incentive plans, 
share-based payments and associated NI, 
exceptional items and impairments.

Progress
Underlying operating profit increased by 
19%, reflecting the Group’s revenue growth 
and well managed costs.

Definition
Underlying operating profit margin 
is Underlying operating profit as a 
percentage of revenue.

Progress
The Group’s focus on operating efficiency 
and cost control resulted in a 6 percentage 
point increase in Underlying operating 
profit margin to 67%.

Risks
1   2   3   4   5  

Risks
1   2   3   4   5   6

Risks
1   2   3   4   5   6

As the 2017 financial year was five days longer than the previous year, year-on-year percentages for revenue, costs and profits have been adjusted 
to reflect like-for-like growth. Read more in our Financial review on page 26.

22

66Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Basic EPS 
pence per share

+22%

Cash generated from 
operations
£m

+£32.8m

15.64

12.67

212.9

180.1

144.8

Operating priorities relevant to our KPIs

1    Increase consumer audience, advert 
views and use of our valuation tools

2    Promote trust and fairness  

in the marketplace

3    Grow ARPR in a balanced, sustainable 

way by creating value for our customers

4    Extend the penetration of products 

outside of our core classified proposition

5    Enhance our relevance and value  

to manufacturers

6    Operate a simpler, leaner and more 

data-oriented business

0.85

  Read more on page 13.

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Operating priorities
1   2   3   4   5   6

Definition
Basic earnings per share is defined as 
profit for the year attributable to equity 
holders of the parent divided by the 
weighted average number of ordinary 
shares in issue during the year.

Progress
Basic EPS growth is a reflection of the 
Group’s strong operational leverage 
aided by a small tailwind from the share 
buy-back programme implemented in 
this financial year.

Operating priorities
1  

  3  

  6

Definition
Cash generated from operations as 
reported in the consolidated statement 
of cash flows on page 83. This is defined 
as cash generated from operating 
activities, before corporation tax paid. 
This is considered to be a more meaningful 
measure of performance than the 
statutory measure of cash generated 
from operating activities which can be 
distorted by changes in funding structure 
and the time lag that applies to the 
payment of corporation tax. 

Progress
Cash generated from operations increased 
to £212.9m in the year, giving growth of 
£32.8m. This demonstrated a high level of 
profit being converted into cash, which 
was largely returned to shareholders.

Risks
1   2   3   4   5   6

Risks
1   2   3   4  

Risks relevant to our KPIs

1    Economy, market and business 

environment

2   Increased competition

3   Brand

4    New or disruptive technologies and 
changing consumer behaviours

5   IT systems

6   Employee retention

  Read more on pages 33 to 35.

23

24556Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statements 
 
Operating KPIs

We use the metrics below to track our operational performance.

Advert views
Average number per month (millions)

Number of retailer 
forecourts 
Average number per month

Average Revenue Per 
Retailer (‘ARPR’) 
£ per month

+2%

-2%

243

247

226

13,452

13,514

13,296

+£162

1,384

1,252

1,546

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Operating priorities
1  

  3  

  5  

Definition
Advert views are click-throughs from 
initial search result pages to see the 
more detailed specification of the vehicle. 
Research has shown that a higher level 
of advert views correlates with a higher 
number of retailer sales.

Progress
2% growth in advert views was steady 
as our market leading position was 
consolidated. A proportion of advert 
view growth was cannibalised by growth 
in valuations, as consumers no longer 
need to go through a search to get an 
indicative value for their vehicle. In the 
year we delivered 3.0 billion of these 
virtual inspections, which means there 
was an average of 94 vehicles per second 
being viewed through an advert view.

Operating priorities
1   2   3   4  

Operating priorities
1   2   3   4  

Definition
The average number of retailer forecourts 
per month that are advertising vehicles on 
the Auto Trader marketplace over the 
financial year.

Progress
The marginal decline in forecourts was 
the result of losses in non-car channels 
and a slight decline in small independent 
customers, marginally offset by growth 
in franchise forecourts. The independent 
decline appears to be attributable to 
continued consolidation in the total 
number of UK forecourts and the 
challenges faced by the fast moving nature 
of digital’s role in the car buying process. 
Decline in the first half impacted run rate 
into the second half of the year. 

Definition
Average Revenue Per Retailer (‘ARPR’) is 
the average monthly revenue generated 
from retailer forecourts divided by the 
average monthly number of retailer 
forecourts.

Progress
In the year we continued to deliver 
greater levels of value to our customers, 
with increased levels of audience and 
higher levels of engagement per visit. 
This value underpinned the three levers 
of ARPR, price, stock and product (where 
we consolidated upsell and cross-sell). 
Our annual pricing event saw greater 
levels of product uptake and higher 
numbers of listings, aided by a good 
market tailwind. 

Risks
1   2   3   4   5  

Risks
1   2   3   4   5  

Risks
1   2   3   4   5  

24

2466566566Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Key performance indicators continued 
 
Cross platform minutes 
Monthly average minutes spent across all 
our platforms (millions)

Number of full-time 
equivalent employees 
(‘FTEs’) 
Average number (including contractors)

+12%

-4% 

582

521

915

859

824

380

Operating priorities relevant to our KPIs

1    Increase consumer audience, advert 
views and use of our valuation tools

2    Promote trust and fairness  

in the marketplace

3    Grow ARPR in a balanced, sustainable 

way by creating value for our customers

4    Extend the penetration of products 

outside of our core classified proposition

5    Enhance our relevance and value  

to manufacturers

6    Operate a simpler, leaner and more 

data-oriented business

  Read more on page 13.

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Risks relevant to our KPIs

1    Economy, market and business 

environment

2   Increased competition

3   Brand

4    New or disruptive technologies and 
changing consumer behaviours

5   IT systems

6   Employee retention

  Read more on pages 33 to 35.

Operating priorities
1   2   3   4  

Operating priorities

  6

Definition
Monthly average minutes spent across all 
our platforms, as defined by comScore.

In the previous year, we reported our 
share of cross platform minutes against 
a defined competitor set. However, due 
to changes in comScore’s methodology, 
and inconsistencies between the way that 
competitor websites are configured, this 
measure is no longer considered to be 
reliable and so has been replaced with 
a measure of our own total cross 
platform minutes. 

Progress
Cross platform minutes growth, as 
measured by comScore, was reflective 
of an increasingly engaged audience. 
Engagement was seen not just in our 
core classified listings but also with our 
valuation products and Dealer Reviews, 
both key components of our drive for 
greater levels of trust and transparency 
in the marketplace.

Definition
Full-time equivalent employees are 
measured on the basis of the number 
of hours worked by full-time employees, 
with part-time employees included on 
a pro-rata basis. 

Number of FTEs (which includes 
contractors) is reported internally each 
calendar month, with the full-year number 
being generated from an average of those 
12 time periods. 

Progress
People are an essential asset and 
attracting, retaining and developing that 
talent is at the core of our operational 
thinking. There is also an internal 
commitment to operate in a lean and 
agile environment which has driven 
efficiencies over the last year, resulting 
in a 4% reduction in FTEs.

Risks
1   2   3   4   5  

Risks
1  

  3  

  6

25

56612345245Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial review

We have delivered on our guidance to 
reduce leverage, grow dividends and 
return excess cash to shareholders

In 2017, we returned £128.7m in 
cash to shareholders, as well as 
reducing gross debt by £40m.”
Sean Glithero
Chief Financial Officer

Revenue
In 2017, we saw another year of strong 
revenue growth at 9%, reaching £311.4m 
(2016: £281.6m). Growth was achieved in all 
three revenue streams and in total at a rate 
similar to that attained in 2016.

Trade revenue was the largest contributor, 
with revenue rising by 9% to £262.1m 
(2016: £236.4m). Within Trade, Retailer 
revenue grew 10% to £250.1m (2016: £224.5m). 
Home Trader saw growth of 3% to £12.0m 
(2016: £11.5m), with a lower growth rate largely 
being attributable to limited pricing 
initiatives in the year. Other revenue fell 

  Change from 52-week to 
annual accounting period

Due to the publishing heritage of the 
business, results have historically been 
reported on a 52 week (i.e. 364 days) basis 
with the accounting period ending on the 
closest Sunday to 31 March. 

The Board made the decision to change 
the period end date to be 31 March every 
year, starting in financial year 2017, to 
better align with our customers’ needs, 
and to the products and services we offer. 

As a consequence of this change, the 2017 
financial year was five days longer than 
the previous year and whilst there was  
no impact on the first half results, the 
second half of the year was longer and 
hence revenues, costs and earnings were 
greater due to the extra trading days. 

Year-on-year percentages for revenues, 
costs and profits have been adjusted to 
reflect like-for-like growth. No other 
percentages have been adjusted. 

For example: Operating profit (£203.1m x 
364/369 divided by £169.6m - 1) x 100 = 18%. 

26

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Our business model

Key performance indicators

 page 10

 page 22

Revenue

Retailer

Home Trader

Other

Trade

Consumer services

Display advertising

Total

2017 
£m

250.1

12.0

-

262.1

31.8

17.5

311.4

2016 
£m

224.5

11.5

0.4

236.4

30.3

14.9

281.6

Days-adjusted 
change

10%

3%

n/m

9%

4%

16%

9%

£0.4m versus 2016 due to the closure of our 
manufacturer websites business, 2nd Byte,  
in June 2015. 

We delivered increased Retailer revenue 
as a result of growth in Average Revenue 
Per Retailer (‘ARPR’), where there was 
improvement of £162 to £1,546 per month 
(2016: £1,384). Average retailer forecourts 
were down 2% to 13,296 (2016: 13,514) with 
losses in non-car, Republic of Ireland and 
smaller independent retailers partially offset 
by growth in franchise forecourts. This 
change in retailer mix led to an overall ARPR 
increase from the loss of smaller lower 
yielding retailers. With much of the decrease 
occurring in the first half of the year and 
therefore impacting the second half run rate, 
forecourts were largely in line with 
expectations for the remainder of the year. 
Low-level market consolidation continues 
to be apparent amongst smaller customers, 
although the drop in the total number of 
forecourts remains at the rate seen over 
the last three to four years.

ARPR growth of £162 per month was 
generated through three levers: stock, price, 
and product, where we have consolidated 
upsell and cross-sell. 

Our marketplace saw an average number of 
car listings of c.450,000 in the year, which 
was 3% higher than last year (2016: c.437,000). 
The growth in stock comes through 
continued internal initiatives to help retailers 
understand the value of advertising all of 
their stock on the marketplace and focusing 
on the ever-increasing role of digital in the  
car buying journey. We also saw a good 
underlying used car market, benefitting from 
the recent growth in new car transactions. 
With top-level growth in the number of 
listings and the benefit from unwinding 
the last remaining historic stock discounts, 
the stock lever contributed £48 (2016: £58) 
and 30% (2016: 44%) of total ARPR growth.

With a greater number of listings, a larger 
audience and higher levels of engagement, 
we implemented a price change in the first 
quarter of financial year 2017. For some 
customers, this was in addition to a pricing 
initiative in the second half of the previous 
year. The timing benefit, where the two 
events compound up in the price lever, is not 
expected to reoccur going forward as we 
shift to an annual price review in April of 
each year, starting in financial year 2018. 
Of total ARPR growth, price contributed 
£86 (2016: £41) and 53% (2016: 31%).

Our product lever, which had previously been 
split between additional products taken, 
either within or outside of our core classified 
selling package (upsell & cross-sell), 
contributed £28 (2016: £33) and 17% (2016: 25%) 
of total ARPR growth. We continued to see 
high adoption of Level 3 of our package 
staircase, which includes priority listings on 
mobile. This acted as a catalyst for the 
introduction of our new prominence 
products in the 2018 financial year, which give 
customers the opportunity to achieve more 
advert views by upgrading to higher levels 
in the package staircase.

Also included in the product lever is the 
change in Retailing solutions revenue, which 
saw a year-on-year decline of 4% to £23.9m 
(2016: £24.5m), with the main driver being the 
discontinuation of low margin pay-per-click 
(‘PPC’) and search engine optimisation (‘SEO’) 
products which were wound down in their 
entirety during the first half of the year. 
Retailer display revenue also saw a small 
year-on-year decline as customers chose 
higher return-on-investment listings and 
data products rather than to promote 
their brand through display advertising. 
Our website templates and B2B classified 
portal products saw a number of technical 
changes in the year, which limited growth 
opportunities. Penetration of forecourts 

+9%

Trade revenue

£262.1m

(2016: £236.4 million)

+19%

Underlying operating profit

£207.2m

(2016: £171.3 million)

Cash generated from operations

£212.9m

(2016: 180.1m)

Cash returned to shareholders 

£128.7m

(2016: £5.0m)

27

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsusing our Managing products grew well in the 
second half of the year and we closed the 
year with c.2,500 forecourts (2016: c.1,900), 
representing a 19% penetration of total 
forecourts (2016: 14%). 

Consumer services revenue increased 4%  
in the year to £31.8m (2016: £30.3m). Private 
revenue, within Consumer services, grew  
3% to £24.4m (2016: £23.3m), although the 
second half was broadly flat, as we saw 
increased competition and the effect of the 
growing impact of our own Part-Exchange 
Guide product. Motoring services saw a 
slightly better growth rate, increasing 4% to 
£7.4m (2016: £7.0m), with much of the growth 
coming through delivering greater response 
to our third-party partners for insurance, 
finance and vehicle checks. 

Display advertising revenue grew 16% to 
£17.5m (2016: £14.9m) from a higher number 
of homepage takeovers and increased levels  
of inSearch advertising, tempered by lower 
growth in programmatic display revenue 
following the introduction of a new adserver 
in November, which took time to embed. 
We continue to deepen relationships with 
manufacturers and their media agencies, 
which will allow us to develop and monetise 
our virtual stock proposition. 

Costs
Underlying administrative expenses 
continued to be well managed, seeing  
a 7% reduction year-on-year to £104.2m 
(2016: £110.3m). Total administrative  
expenses saw a reduction of 5%. 

People costs comprise staff costs (excluding 
share-based payments) of £49.1m (2016: 
£51.1m) and third-party contractor costs of 
£0.4m (2016: £0.4m). Overall, people costs 
declined in the year by 5% to £49.5m (2016: 
£51.5m), due to lower full-time equivalent 
employees (‘FTEs’) (including contractors), 
down 35 year-on-year to an average of 824 
(2016: 859) as well as a fall in redundancy and 
restructuring costs. The headcount reduction 
came as we continued to improve our way of 
working in a lean and agile way, although some 
of the saving was offset through higher 
salaries as we look to attract the best digital 
talent, particularly in technical and customer 
facing roles.

28

Costs

People costs

Marketing

Overheads

Depreciation & amortisation

Underlying administrative expenses

Share-based payments

Exceptional items

Total administrative expenses

Underlying operating profit

Underlying operating profit

Share-based payments

Exceptional items

Operating profit

Marketing spend increased slightly in the 
year to £16.0m (2016: £15.7m), although as a 
percentage of revenue it fell to 5.1% 
(2016: 5.6%). Much of the focus this year has 
been on product specific campaigns where 
we have promoted private advertising, 
Part-Exchange Guide and valuations. We 
increased PPC spend as we saw higher levels 
of competitor activity in this area.

Reductions were made in overheads of 7%  
to £30.7m (2016: £32.5m), in part through 
adhering to lean operating principles and  
a number of one-off savings including a rates 
rebate, and a year-on-year cost saving of 
c.£1.0m due to the discontinuation of the 
low-margin Retailing solutions products. 
Lower FTEs, in particular, had a benefit on 
employee related expenses.

Depreciation and amortisation decreased  
by 26% to £8.0m (2016: £10.6m) as past 
development costs became fully amortised 
in the year.

A share-based payments charge of £4.5m 
(2016: £2.5m) was recognised during the year, 
including national insurance costs (‘NI’) on 
potential employee gains where applicable. 
The year-on-year increase in the charge was 
primarily due to further awards made in June 
2016 under the Performance Share Plan and 
the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan as well as the 
full-year impact of the Sharesave scheme 
launched in September 2015. Refer to note 26 
of the consolidated financial statements for 
further details.

2017 
£m

49.5

16.0

30.7

8.0

104.2

4.5

(0.4)

108.3

2017 
£m

207.2

(4.5)

0.4

203.1

2016 
£m

51.5

15.7

32.5

10.6

110.3

2.5

(0.8)

112.0

2016 
£m

171.3

(2.5)

0.8

169.6

Days-adjusted 
change

(5%)

1%

(7%)

(26%)

(7%)

78%

(51%)

(5%)

Days-adjusted 
change

19%

78%

(51%)

18%

Following the completion of the office 
centralisation programme in 2014, the Group 
ran an initiative to exit a number of properties 
early and to secure cash discounts where 
possible. During the period, the Group 
completed this initiative and disposed of  
the last remaining property. As a result, an 
exceptional credit of £0.4m has been 
recognised in the income statement in 
respect of the profit on disposal and the 
release of vacant property provisions no 
longer required.

Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating profit increased by  
19% to £207.2m (2016: £171.3m) with Underlying 
operating profit margin improving by 6 
percentage points to 67% (2016: 61%). 

The Group has previously reported non-
underlying items in the income statement to 
highlight the impact of one-off and other 
discrete items and to allow better 
interpretation of the underlying performance 
of the business. These include exceptional 
items, share-based payment charges (and 
associated NI) and costs related to 
management incentive schemes linked to the 
previous private ownership of the Group. From 
next year, i.e. for 2018 and beyond, the Group 
will no longer report Underlying operating 
profit and will instead focus on the statutory 
measure of Operating profit, as it is expected 
that going forward the year-on-year change 
in share-based payments charges will be 
less distorting than in the past.

In the year, Operating profit grew 18% to 
£203.1m (2016: £169.6m), with Operating profit 
margin increasing 5 percentage points to 65% 
(2016: 60%).

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Financial review continuedPost balance sheet event
Since the year end, the Group has acquired 
Motor Trader Delivery Limited (‘MTD’) for an 
undisclosed sum. MTD revenues and profits 
for their last financial year were less than 1% of 
the revenue and profits of the Group. As at the 
date of this report, we have not yet concluded 
the accounting for this acquisition.

Appointment of auditors
At the 2016 AGM shareholders approved the 
appointment of KPMG LLP as the Group’s 
new external auditors.

Sean Glithero
Chief Financial Officer 
8 June 2017

Profit before tax
Profit before tax increased to £193.4m 
(2016: £155.0m), which followed the Operating 
profit performance and a reduction in net 
finance costs to £9.7m (2016: £14.6m). Net 
finance costs fell through a combination  
of paying the lowest level of margin on the 
debt facility from June 2016 onwards, and 
from lower gross debt, which was reduced 
in the year.

Taxation
The Group tax charge of £38.7m represents 
an effective tax rate of 20% (2016: 18%) which 
is in line with the average standard UK rate 
and a reflection of our taxation policy to act 
in a responsible and transparent manner in  
all tax matters.

The 2016 rate was lower than the standard 
rate due to a one-off release of a tax 
provision.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share rose by 22% to 
15.64 pence (2016: 12.67 pence) and was 
based on a weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue of 989,278,991 
(2016: 1,000,002,803). Diluted earnings per 
share of 15.60 pence (2016: 12.65 pence) also 
increased by 22%, based on 991,812,212 shares 
(2016: 1,001,394,111) which takes into account 
the dilutive impact of outstanding 
share awards.

Cash flow and net external debt
Cash generated from operations increased 
to £212.9m (2016: £180.1m) and was achieved 
as a result of strong Operating profit 
combined with low working capital and 
capital expenditure requirements. This 
enabled us to deliver on our guidance to 
reduce leverage, grow dividends and return 
excess cash to shareholders. 

Corporation tax payments totalled £34.8m 
(2016: £16.0m), as tax paid in 2016 benefitted 
from the previous year’s lower earnings; the 
result of higher interest and exceptional 
costs. Cash generated from operating 
activities was £178.1m (2016: £164.1m).

Capital expenditure increased in the year  
to £3.7m (2016: £3.1m) as we made further 
investments in our working environment as 
well as residual spend on the new billing 
system, Singleview.

Interest paid on financing arrangements 
fell to £7.6m (2016: £12.6m) through the 
combination of a lower margin payable and 
lower gross debt, as £40.0m (2016: £147.0m) 
was repaid in the year taking gross debt to 
£363.0m (2016: £403.0m). Net external debt 
reduced to £355.0m (2016: £392.6m), as lower 
levels of cash were held at the 2017 year end 
compared to the previous year. Leverage, 
defined as the ratio of net external debt to 
Adjusted underlying EBITDA, decreased to 
1.6x (2016: 2.2x).

During 2017, we commenced a share buyback 
scheme which saw £102.1m invested in the 
repurchase of 26.3 million shares, incurring 
fees of £0.5m. A further £26.6m was paid in 
dividends, giving a total of £128.7m 
(2016: £5.0m) in cash returned to shareholders.

Dividends and returns to shareholders
The Directors are recommending a final 
dividend for the year of 3.5 pence per share, 
which together with the interim dividend 
makes a total dividend of 5.2 pence per 
share, amounting to £50.8m, in line with our 
policy of distributing approximately one third 
of net income. Subject to shareholders’ 
approval at the Annual General Meeting 
(‘AGM’) on 21 September 2017, the final 
dividend will be paid on 29 September 2017 
to shareholders on the register of members 
at the close of business on 1 September 2017.

The policy of distributing approximately 
one third of net income remains unchanged.  
The capital allocation policy that sees the 
majority of surplus cash, after dividends, 
used to buy back shares remains unchanged 
and gross indebtedness is expected to fall 
steadily through debt repayments.

At the 2016 AGM, the Company’s shareholders 
generally authorised the Company to make 
market purchases of up to 99,905,974 of its 
ordinary shares, subject to minimum and 
maximum price restrictions. This authority will 
expire at the conclusion of the 2017 AGM and 
the Directors intend to seek a similar general 
authority from shareholders at the 2017 AGM. 
The programme will be ongoing and any 
purchases of its shares made by the Company 
under the programme will be effected in 
accordance with the Company’s general 
authority to repurchase shares, Chapter 12 of 
the UKLA Listing Rules and relevant conditions 
for trading restrictions regarding time and 
volume, disclosure and reporting obligations 
and price conditions.

29

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsRisk management

Understanding and managing our 
principal risks and uncertainties

Risk management process
We recognise that effective risk management is critical to enable  
us to meet our strategic objectives and to achieve sustainable 
long-term growth. A four-step process has been adopted to identify, 
monitor and manage the risks to which the Group is exposed:

1

Identify 
risks

4

Monitor  
and review

2

Assess  
and quantify  
risks

3

Respond to, 
manage and 
mitigate 
risks

1   Identify risks

2   Assess and quantify risks

3    Respond to, manage  
and mitigate risks

4   Monitor and review

A top-down and bottom-up 
approach is used to identify 
principal risks across the 
business. Whilst the Board 
has overall responsibility for 
the effectiveness of internal 
control and risk management, 
the detailed work is delegated 
to the Operational Leadership 
Team (‘OLT’).

Risks and controls are analysed 
and evaluated to establish the 
root causes, financial impact 
and likelihood of occurrence. 
The Group categorises risks 
into six areas:

 – economy, market and business 

environment;

 – financial and compliance risk;

 – asset risk;

 – operational risk;

 – competitive risk; and 

 – product specific risk.

The effectiveness and 
adequacy of controls in place 
are assessed. If additional 
controls are required to 
mitigate identified risks then 
these are implemented and 
responsibilities assigned.

The OLT is responsible for 
monitoring progress against 
principal risks in a continual 
process. They are assisted by 
the Group’s internal audit 
programme run in conjunction 
with Deloitte.

The Board reviews the Group’s 
risk register and assesses the 
adequacy of the principal risks 
identified and the mitigating 
controls and procedures 
adopted.

30

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Our framework
Risks are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are captured in a risk 
register, identifying the risk area, the likelihood of the risk occurring, 
the impact if it does occur and the actions being taken to manage the 
risk to the desired level. The Board’s role is to consider whether, 
given the risk appetite of the Group, the level of risk is acceptable 
within its strategy. 

The roles and responsibilities of each level of this framework 
are as follows:

Board

Audit Committee

r
o
t
i
d
u
a
l
a
n
r
e
t
x
E

Operational Leadership Team

Risk register and risk review

Operational management

I
n
t
e
r
n
a
l
a
u
d
i
t
o
r

Risk governance and responsibilities

The Board’s responsibilities
 – Overall responsibility for risk 

management.

The Audit Committee’s 
responsibilities
 – Assess the scope and 
effectiveness of risk 
management processes and 
internal control systems.

Operational Leadership 
Team responsibilities
 – identify, assess, monitor, 
manage and mitigate risks 
and exploit opportunities;

 – ensure appropriate internal 

controls are in place;

 – ensure the risk register is 
properly maintained; and

 – embed risk management 

as business as usual.

Operational management 
and internal controls
 – Embed and manage internal 

Oversight functions and 
internal audit
 – Aid in setting appropriate 

controls and risk management 
day to day as part of business 
as usual.

policies, provide guidance, 
advice and direction on 
implementation of those 
policies and monitor the first 
line of defence.

Additional line of defence
 – External auditor.

31

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statements 
 
Given the Group’s significant free cash  
flow, and the Board’s ability to adjust the 
discretionary share buyback programme, 
there is long-term comfort around viability  
in the face of adverse economic or 
competitive conditions.

Based on their assessment of prospects and 
viability above, the Directors confirm that 
they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over 
the three-year period ending March 2020.

Going concern
The Directors also considered it appropriate 
to prepare the financial statements on the 
going concern basis, as explained in the Basis 
of preparation paragraph in note 1 to the 
financial statements.

Viability statement

In accordance with Provision C.2.2 of the 2014 UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Board has assessed the prospects 
and viability of the Group.

Assessment of prospects
Auto Trader is the UK’s leading digital 
automotive marketplace and it is the Group’s 
clear focus to maintain this position by 
relentlessly focusing on improving the process 
of buying and selling vehicles. During the year 
ended 31 March 2017 the Group generated a 
profit before tax of £193.4m and was highly 
cash generative with cash generated from 
operations of £212.9m. Taking into account the 
Group’s current position and its principal risks 
and uncertainties as described on pages 
33 to 35, the Directors have assessed the 
Group’s prospects and viability.

The business model and strategy as set out 
on pages 10 and 13 are a core part of 
understanding its prospects. These factors 
provide a framework for the rolling three-year 
plan which is developed as part of the annual 
budget process and reviewed by the Board to 
assess the Group’s prospects.

The Directors have adopted a three-year 
timeframe for assessing both prospects  
and viability, which is considered to be 
appropriate due to the following:

 – it is consistent with the Group’s rolling 
three-year strategic planning process;

 – the Group operates within a digital online 
marketplace where the market can be 
fast moving, so looking out beyond this 
timeframe yields little benefit;

 – it reflects reasonable expectations in 
terms of the reliability and accuracy of 
operational forecasting models; and

 – it incorporates the period in which we 

expect to refinance our existing term loan 
and therefore includes an assessment 
on our ability to refinance. 

The Group’s prospects are assessed primarily 
through its strategic planning process. 
This process includes an annual review of 
the ongoing plan, led by the CEO through the 
Operational Leadership Team, and all relevant 
functions are involved. The Board participates 
fully in the annual process and has the task of 
considering whether the plan continues to 
take appropriate account of the external 
environment including technological, social 
and macroeconomic changes.

The output of the annual review process is a 
set of operational priorities, an analysis of  
the risks that could prevent the plan being 
delivered, and the annual financial budget.

Detailed financial forecasts that consider 
customer numbers, ARPR growth, revenue, 
profit, cash flow, funding arrangements and 
key financial ratios have been prepared for 
the three-year period to March 2020. The 
first year of the financial forecasts forms 
the basis for the Group’s 2018 budget and 
is subject to a re-forecast process at the 
half-year. The second and third years are 
prepared in detail, and are flexed based  
on the actual results in year one.

Assessment of viability
The Board’s assessment of the Group’s 
prospects, as described above, has been 
made with reference to current market 
conditions and known risk factors. The 
principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
Group are outlined on pages 33 to 35.

Given the Group’s financial performance in 
2017 and over recent years, the Board 
continues to believe that the key factor 
which would prejudice the delivery of the 
Group’s financial objectives is a severe 
weakening of Auto Trader’s marketplace 
proposition and its leading market position. 
This could be caused by a loss of audience 
which results in a reduction in retailers and 
the level of stock listed on the marketplace 
or by a reduction in the number of retailers 
and stock which could then result in a loss  
of audience.

Using the current strategic plan as a base 
case, alternative forecasts have been 
produced to model the effect on the Group’s 
liquidity and solvency of very severe 
combinations of the principal risks and 
uncertainties affecting the business. 

The viability model assumed a rapid 
deterioration in stock and audience over 
a short period of time. The number of 
customer retailer forecourts and the ARPR 
generated were significantly degraded in 
the model, but expenditure in the areas of 
marketing, payroll and technology were held 
steady. Revenue and profitability are clearly 
affected in this scenario, but the business 
remains cash generative.

32

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Risk management continuedPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Identify, evaluate and 
manage the Group’s risks

The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency 
or liquidity.

This included an assessment of the likelihood and impact of 
each risk identified, and the mitigating actions being taken. 
Risk levels were modified to reflect the current view of the 
relative significance of each risk. 

The principal risks and uncertainties identified are detailed 
below. Additional risks and uncertainties to the Group, 
including those that are not currently known or that the 
Group currently deems immaterial, may individually or 
cumulatively also have a material effect on the Group’s 
business, results of operations and/or financial condition.

Operating priorities relevant to our risks

1    Increase consumer audience, advert 
views and use of our valuation tools

2    Promote trust and fairness in the 

marketplace

3    Grow ARPR in a balanced, sustainable 

way by creating value for our customers

4    Extend the penetration of products 

outside of our core classified proposition

5    Enhance our relevance and value to 

manufacturers

6    Operate a simpler, leaner and more 

data-oriented business

  Read more on page 13.

Operating 
priorities

Change

  1  

  3  

  6

Principal risk

Description

Key mitigations

Macroeconomic risks

 – Regular review of 

market conditions.

 – Resilient business model.

 – Ability to reduce costs.

 – Diversification into other 

advertiser needs.

1.  Economy, 

market and 
business 
environment

If the UK car market contracts this 
could result in a reduction in new and 
used car transactions which could result 
in a reduction in the number of retailers 
or reduce retailers’ desire to advertise 
their vehicles on the marketplace. In 
addition, a contraction in the UK car 
market could reduce manufacturers’ 
spend on advertising.

The result of the EU Referendum has 
increased the level of uncertainty 
around customer and consumer 
spending power. 

Although there are no short-term 
indicators of a downturn, in the longer 
term the industry now expects new car 
registrations to plateau or decline from 
recent record highs, and so this risk level 
has been slightly increased. 

In considering the potential implications 
of the Referendum result on the 
business the Directors considered the 
time lag between the registration of new 
cars and the entry of cars into the used 
car marketplace; the resilience of our 
business model; the strength of our 
value proposition; and the Group’s 
ability to reduce costs.

33

245Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statements 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal risk

Description

Key mitigations

Competitive risks

2.  Increased 

competition

Increased competition could impact the 
Group’s ability to grow revenue due to 
the potential loss of audience, trade and 
consumer advertisers, or demand for 
additional services.

3. Brand

Failure to maintain and protect the brand 
or negative publicity surrounding the 
Group’s products or services could 
impede the Group’s ability to retain or 
expand its base of retailers, consumers 
and advertisers or could diminish 
confidence in and the use of the 
Group’s services.

4.  New or 

disruptive 
technologies 
and changing 
consumer 
behaviours

Failure to innovate and develop new 
technologies or products, to execute 
product launches and improvements 
or to adapt to changing consumer 
behaviour towards car buying or 
ownership could lead to the Group’s 
business being adversely impacted.

 – Demonstration of value 

to customers.

 – Regular review of 
audience data.

 – Maintenance of 

investment in products 
and in marketing 
campaigns.

 – Resilient business model.

 – Maintenance of 

investment in marketing 
campaigns.

 – Clear and open culture 
with focus on trust and 
transparency.

 – Monitoring of emerging 

trends in automotive and 
other verticals worldwide. 

 – Monitoring of audience 
figures and consumer 
functionality relative 
to competitors.

 – Continuous investment 

in technology.

Operating 
priorities

Change

  1  

  3   4  

  6

  1   2   3   4   5  

  1  

  3   4   5  

34

25626Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Operating 
priorities

Change

  1   2   3   4   5   6

  4   5   6

Principal risk

Description

Key mitigations

Operational risks

5. IT systems

6.  Employee 
retention

Failure in one system as a result of 
malicious attack, our own failures or 
those of third-party suppliers, could 
disrupt others and could impact the 
availability or performance of Group 
platforms and could cause reputational 
damage with consumers and/or 
customers.

Our continued success and growth is 
dependent on our ability to attract, 
recruit, retain and motivate our highly 
skilled workforce, with a particular focus 
on specialist technological and data 
skills. Failure to do so could result in the 
loss of key talent.

 – Adherence to strict 
industry standards.

 – Internal team focused on 
mitigating security threat.

 – Maintenance of a 

business continuity plan.

 – Long-term incentive 

plans for key senior staff.

 – Active succession 

planning and career 
development plans to 
retain and develop the 
next level of executives.

 – Strong value-led culture 
embedded throughout 
recruitment, induction 
and training. 

 – Employee engagement 

surveys and other 
activities.

35

123Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statements 
 
Corporate social responsibility

Make a  
difference

Our strategy is to lead the 
future of the digital automotive 
marketplace in the UK. We  
do this by building a digital  
culture that is values-driven, 
customer-focused, data-
oriented and focused on 
making the processes of both 
buying and selling new and 
used vehicles easier. 

Overview
Our operating priorities support this strategy and 
are reviewed annually. People are the Group’s 
most valuable resource and the success of the 
Group is to the credit of all its employees. Last 
year we were focused on creating a simpler, 
leaner, and more data-oriented organisation. In 
order for us to truly become more data-oriented, 
we restructured our data and insight tribe (what 
we call our functions) so data specialists are now 
aligned to all areas of the business providing 
more specific data to each squad (our term for 
teams). To continue embedding this, next year’s 
operating priority will be to create and maintain 
consistently high-performing, data-oriented 
squads across the whole Auto Trader business.

Our culture is shaped by our values of 
determination, reliability, curiosity, inspiration 
and humility; these values often manifest 
themselves in our fast-paced and highly 
customer-oriented approach in our 
commitment to being an exciting, innovative 
and digital-led company.

Corporate social responsibility at Auto Trader  
is driven by our values and culture and is  
focused on making a difference to our 
employees, our community and our industry.  
This, along with our diversity and inclusion 
strategy, is embedded into how we operate  
on a daily basis. 

36

As an employer, it comprises employee 
engagement, rewards and recognition schemes, 
people development, health and safety, the 
environmental impact, sustainability and  
energy efficient operations.

As a company, we are keen to give back to our 
local communities in which we operate, as well 
as supporting charities and causes that are  
close to our employees’ hearts. We focus our 
community support in four areas: employees’ 
individual charitable fundraising efforts, 
promoting the two volunteering days that are 
available to all employees, Give as You Earn, 
which is one of our Incredible Benefits, and 
through the Auto Trader Community Fund  
which supports grassroots projects in 
Greater Manchester.

We constantly look at ways we can make a 
positive contribution to our industry; whether 
that’s developing the next generation of talent, 
sharing best practice advice with our retailer 
customers through masterclasses and 
larger-scale industry events, or helping the 
industry as a whole to operate in a more 
transparent and therefore trusted manner.

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Our culture

We have fostered a fast-paced culture that has innovation at its  
heart, driven by a committed leadership team that combines  
digital experience with a long average tenure at the Group.

Values and 
value-led

Purpose 
and  
principles- 
driven

Driven by
innovation

Based on 
trust and 
debate

Digital 
and 
data-driven

Our values

By adhering to the Group’s core values, we believe we are making a  
positive impact not only on our consumer audience and customers, but  
also on our employees and the communities in which they work and live.

Be determined
We got where we are today by being 
determined. And that’s how we’ll 
continue to succeed.

Be reliable
Our customers depend on us, so we  
must always be there with useful services 
that work effortlessly.

Be curious
Asking questions and trying things out  
is the best way to stay ahead of changes  
in the digital world.

Be humble
We need our customers more than  
they need us. Everything we do, 
we should do to help them.

Be inspirational
With nearly 40 years of experience, Auto Trader is a trusted  
industry voice. We use that voice wisely.

37

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsMaking a difference  
to diversity and  
inclusion 

Ensuring Auto Trader is a diverse and 
inclusive company is extremely important to 
us. We created a dedicated working group 
who are tasked with implementing a strategy 
to ensure diversity and inclusion becomes 
part of our Company’s DNA. We are also 
committed to ensuring everyone has equal 
opportunities to achieve their full potential 
as well as equal pay regardless of gender. 
Diversity for everyone at Auto Trader means 
respect for and appreciation of differences 
in: gender, age, sexual orientation, disability, 
race and ethnic origin, religion and faith, 
marital status, social, educational 
background and way of thinking. We believe 
that inclusion is a state of being valued, 
respected and supported for who you are. 

 ‟Diversity is the mix. 
Inclusion is getting 
the mix to work 
well together.”

As a result, all of our employees have 
participated in a one-day workshop  
focusing on creating common understanding 
of the concepts as well as exploring their 
unconscious biases and how they can impact 
their own behaviour and relationships with 
other people inside and outside of work. Our 
approach is to educate and change attitudes; 
we have introduced a series of masterclasses 
including Mental Health Awareness sessions 
and participated in various local events like 
the Manchester Pride Festival, where we 
received the ‘Lord Mayor’s Special Award’ 
for our enthusiastic showcase of support to 
the LGBT+ community. 

We have created various employee groups 
(photography, book, board game, running  
and movie clubs) that aim to bring people 
together in line with our philosophy that 
inclusion will be achieved by respecting  
each other’s differences but concentrating 
on finding common ground. A women’s 
network was launched aiming to make a 
difference in the lives of women in our 
business, the community and related 
industries of technology and automotive.  
We also started a family network to give 
colleagues with families with young  
children or carer responsibilities a way  
to support each other.

38

Male

Female

4

11

515

2

4

305

Total

6

15

820

1 

2 

 Senior managers are defined as 
members of the Operational 
Leadership Team (‘OLT’). 
 Company numbers include Board  
and OLT members.

Gender diversity

As at 31 March 2017

Board

Senior managers 1

Company 2

We continue our participation to promote 
Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths 
(’STEM’) careers by supporting two schools 
near our Manchester office by running  
‘Code Clubs’ to teach young children how  
to code. Following the success of last year, 
we are expanding our participation in the 
‘Change 100’ programme, organised by 
Leonard Cheshire Disability, offering three 
talented students a summer internship in 
either our Manchester or London office.

Our ambition to become one of the most 
diverse and inclusive employers is supported 
by our Company policies and practices. 
During our annual engagement survey, we 
monitor progress related to our employee 
make up in line with the Equality Act 2010 
protected characteristics. We also  
collect feedback around our colleagues’  
attitudes and overall experience to  
ensure everyone can feel they can  
be their authentic self at work.

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Corporate social responsibility continued 
Making a difference  
to our employees

This year we participated in the ‘Sunday 
Times Top 100 Best Companies to Work For’ 
and we achieved a two-star ‘outstanding‘ 
rating and joined the list at number 69.

Training and development
Auto Trader continues to invest in all of its 
employees by offering blended learning 
opportunities that are aligned to its 
collaborative and inclusive culture. All new 
joiners to the business are given the best 
possible start to their Auto Trader careers 
with our three-day induction programme 
that allows them to understand the core 
values of our business and help achieve a 
one-team culture.

Every individual is responsible for their  
own development and has quarterly 
development conversations and personal 
development plans (‘PDP’) with their people 
leader. We appreciate that everyone has 
unique needs and likes to learn in different 
ways. PDPs covering both professional  
and personal development are built with  
a mix of on-the-job learning, opportunities to 
attend conferences, the support of mentors, 
e-learning and professional qualifications. 
The business utilises internal experts to 
deliver workshops and bitesize sessions 
focused around our Success Framework 
and specialist subjects which enable both 
individuals and teams to succeed and grow, 
thus fostering an engaged workforce.

Company-wide learning initiatives including 
diversity and inclusion ensure we deliver on 
what is important today and that we succeed 
in the future. We deliver core life-cycle 
programmes for apprentices and graduates, 
and we develop our future senior leaders 
with our Leadership Development 
Programme, both of which mean we have a 
robust succession plan in place to cultivate 
talent as well as empower individuals to 
reach their full potential. All our managers 
take part in the Practical People Leadership 
Programme to develop their skills in 
recruitment, performance management  
and development of their people.

39

To help us achieve our mission of leading the 
future of the digital automotive workplace, 
we have built a relatively flat structured, 
fast-paced, digital organisation. Our success 
at Auto Trader is down to the innovative, 
talented and committed people who 
contribute to the business. We put the 
customer at the heart of everything we do, 
constantly developing our site to ensure 
consumers get a great user experience as 
well as developing products that will add 
value to our retailers.

We value our people and their opinions. 
Therefore we organise an annual employee 
conference and hold regular business and 
financial updates throughout the year to 
keep employees informed on the Group’s 
performance and operating priorities as well 
as give them the opportunity to ask questions. 
By promoting collaboration and transparency 
we encourage our people to contribute to our 
business and share their thoughts, concerns 
and ideas by attending Directors’ breakfast 
sessions and company showcases.

Employee engagement  
and recognition
Following the employee experience survey 
last year, we set up working groups to: help 
improve communication across the business; 
launch a recognition scheme based on our 
values; look at what makes our people 
successful; and create and deliver a diversity 
and inclusion strategy across the whole of 
the business. We also hold regular ‘health 
checks’ that allow squads to sit down 
together in an open and secure environment 
to discuss how they feel in the workplace.

Our ‘Incredible Benefits’ platform allows our 
employees to access all the benefits offered 
at Auto Trader in one place, enabling them to 
tailor their benefits package to meet their 
own specific needs. As well as our company 
funded benefits, we offer a wide range of 
voluntary benefits including childcare 
vouchers, critical illness and dental 
insurance. In next year’s annual enrolment 
Auto Trader extended to all employees the 
option to cover the premium cost of either 
Private Medical Insurance (employee level) 
or Health Cash Plan (up to family level). The 
Company will also be offering a second 
Sharesave scheme for the benefit of Group 
employees which not only recognises and 
rewards employees but also promotes a 
culture of shared ownership.

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsMaking a difference to  
our communities

We have a dedicated team of individuals from across 
our business who are responsible for driving our Make 
a Difference strategy, which aims to maximise the 
support and impact we provide to the communities  
in which we operate.

The Auto Trader Community Fund powered by the 
Forever Manchester charity considers applications 
and awards up to £1,000 to community groups and 
grassroots projects across Greater Manchester. This 
year, the fund has donated over £60,000 to various 
causes that bring people together and empower  
them to create sustainable changes in their lives.

Donations from Auto Trader directly to other charities 
totalled an additional £55,000 through ‘Employee 
Match Funding’ for charities and causes that are  
close to their hearts. Our Give as You Earn scheme 
participation has doubled, with almost 100 of our 
colleagues donating to charities directly via our 
payroll monthly.

But making a difference is not limited to donating 
monetary funds. Our colleagues have utilised one 
of our Incredible Benefits, two optional volunteering 
days, to support worthy causes across the UK. 
Employees offered their time and expert skills to the 
following: St Pancras Community Centre for young 
children and the elderly; Survivors Manchester for 
male survivors of sexual abuse; Coffee for Craig 
helping the homeless; and Working Change assisting 
women in prison to gain valuable job seeking and 
interview skills. We have recently partnered with 
Benefacto to help employees at our London office  
to engage in established volunteering opportunities  
in their local communities.

To support the arts in Manchester we continue our 
successful corporate partnership with HOME Arts 
Centre and the Manchester International Festival;  
both building on the rich cultural heritage of the city  
by introducing new artists and various art forms 
throughout the year.

40

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Corporate social responsibility continuedMaking a difference to our industry

Our Make a Difference strategy extends to 
ensuring we support the wider technology 
community as well as help to shape the 
future of the automotive industry.

To encourage the next generation of 
technology talent, we took part in the 
Manchester Digital Apprenticeship Scheme 
and welcomed five Software Developer 
apprentices. We also partnered with the 
University of Manchester to offer the 
opportunity for two students to work  
with us on data science projects over the  
summer, as well as offering a PhD  
scholarship to one of their students.

We continue our participation to promote 
STEM subjects and careers by supporting  
two local schools and clubs in the Manchester 
area. We run ‘Code Clubs’ to teach young 
children how to code and this year we hosted 
Manchester Girl Geeks BarCamp conference 
which supports the talent and development 
of females in STEM careers.

The technology industry, as well as the 
automotive sector, has a significant 
challenge with diversity and Auto Trader is 
pleased to support and actively create 
initiatives that will attract women and 
minorities to enter the industries, as diversity 
is a key part of business success. Alison Ross, 
our Customer Experience and Operations 
Director, was named Woman of the Year at 
the Women in IT Awards this year, recognising 
her contribution to these goals.

As a customer focused business we are 
committed to looking at ways to improve  
the process of buying and selling vehicles  
for consumers and retailers alike. We have 
changed our sales approach, removing 
commissions, and our packages; both of 
which enable us to promote best practice 
and equip our sales teams to create strong 
business partnerships with our customers, 
helping add value to their businesses.

This year over 4,000 of our retailer customers 
attended a masterclass, webinar or 
conference designed to share best practice 
advice, helping them to succeed in today’s 
changing digital automotive marketplace. 
These sessions allow us to demonstrate the 
importance of using data and insight to drive 
traffic to their digital forecourts. We also run 
separate discovery days with our customers, 
designed to gain their feedback on the value 
they derive from Auto Trader as well as the 
products and services we offer.

Last year marked the ninth annual 
Auto Trader Click Awards, established to 
recognise digital excellence and reward the 
most progressive and innovative retailers 
in the industry. Nearly 100 customers from 
franchise groups, independents and 
supermarkets attend this prestige event 
to celebrate success and to hear the latest 
insight from the Auto Trader team.

‟4,000 of our retailer 
customers attended a 
masterclass, helping 
them to succeed in 
today’s changing 
digital automotive 
marketplace”

41

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsMaking a  
difference to  
our environment

Health and safety
We are committed to maintaining a safe 
workforce for our employees, customers 
and visitors and anyone affected by our 
business’s activities. It is therefore our policy 
that all of the Group’s facilities, products and 
services comply with applicable laws and 
regulations governing safety and quality.

During the year, there were no major injuries 
reported under the Reporting of Injuries, 
Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences 
Regulations.

Our offices
As a digital business, based between 
our offices in Manchester, London and 
Dublin, we believe our environmental 
footprint is small. We actively 
encourage our employees to consider 
our environmental impact. We operate 
recycling systems in the offices, 
established with local authorities and 
recycling schemes, and we have no 
waste bins by desks which encourages 
the amount of recycling we do.

Our UK offices are both graded highly 
by the BREEAM standard; Kings Cross 

in London achieved an ‘Outstanding’ 
rating and our Manchester office 
an ‘Excellent’ one.

We continue to use Fruitful Office to 
deliver fruit to our offices each week. 
Fruitful Office plants one tree in 
Malawi for every basket of fruit we 
receive. Last year, 1,742 trees were 
planted on behalf of Auto Trader, 
helping the organisation to mitigate  
the effects of global warming, 
deforestation and providing an  
income to local communities.

42

Greenhouse gas  
emissions statement
Auto Trader is required to measure and 
report its direct and indirect greenhouse 
gas (‘GHG’) emissions by the Companies 
Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013. 

The greenhouse gas reporting period is 
aligned to the financial reporting year. 
The methodology used to calculate our 
emissions is based on the financial 
consolidation approach, as defined in the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol, A Corporate 
Accounting and Reporting Standard 
(Revised Edition). Emission factors 
used are from UK government (‘BEIS’) 
conversion factor guidance current 
for the year reported.

The report includes the ‘Scope 1’ 
(combustion of fuel) in relation to 
company cars and ‘Scope 2’ (purchased 
electricity and gas) emissions associated 
with our offices. Although our company 
cars are leased under operating leases,  
we have chosen to include the related 
emissions in Scope 1, as we are responsible 
for these emissions. 2016 figures have 
been restated to include the emissions 
from company cars. 

We have chosen to present a revenue 
intensity ratio as this is a relevant indicator 
of our growth and is aligned with our 
business strategy. 

Scope 1: Fuel for 
company cars (tCO2e)  1
Scope 2: Electricity 
and gas for our offices 
(tCO2e)  1
Total carbon emissions 
(tCO2e)  1
Revenue (£m)

Carbon intensity  2

Year-on-year change

2017 

2016 

491

565

437

445

1,010

281.6

3.6

928

311.4

3.0

(17%)

1  Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent.
 Absolute carbon emissions divided  
2 
by revenue in millions.

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Corporate social responsibility continuedDoing the  
right thing

Auto Trader believes in promoting 
trust and fairness in the marketplace 
and this has become part of the way 
we work across the organisation. We 
promote a culture of compliance and 
shared responsibility by providing 
advice and information to keep our 
employees and customers smart, safe 
and secure. Each year, our employees 
complete compliance training that 
covers fraud, bribery and anti-money 
laundering. We also provide guidance 
and support if employees need to 
report anything untoward or 
experience any serious malpractice 
or wrongdoing in our business.

Consumers trust Auto Trader to show 
genuine, accurate adverts when 
they search for vehicles, however 
occasionally sellers include a 
misleading price or inaccurate mileage 
in their advert. We strive to improve  
the quality of our adverts by allowing 
consumers and retailers alike to report 
a misleading advert whilst they are 
searching, which we then investigate 
and if necessary remove from the site.

Helping our retailer customers protect 
their data and business online is also  
an important focus for us. Last year  
we added an additional security login  
to our retailer portal, two-factor 
verification, which enhances security 
and reduces the risk of hackers 
accessing our customers’ information.

Everyone at Auto Trader owns and is 
responsible for their own relationships, 
whether that’s with colleagues, friends, 
customers or suppliers. When working 
with external companies we promote 
the fact that it is important to reflect 
the Auto Trader values, ensuring any 
companies we work with enjoy a 
trusted relationship with us. 

We also ensure employees understand  
and employ good practice when 
sharing information or data, and they  
do so in a controlled or protected 
manner, or operating fairly under  
the legal guidance. 

Human rights
Equal opportunity
The Group is committed to treating all its 
employees and job applicants fairly and 
equally. It is our policy not to discriminate 
based on their gender, sexual orientation, 
marital or civil partner status, gender 
reassignment, race, religion or belief,  
colour, nationality, ethnic or national origin, 
disability or age, pregnancy, or trade union 
membership or the fact that they are a 
part-time worker or a fixed-term employee. 
The equal opportunities policy operated  
by the Group ensures all workers have a  
duty to act in accordance with this.

Modern Slavery Policy
We have a zero-tolerance approach to 
modern slavery and are committed to  
acting ethically and with integrity in all our 
business dealings and relationships, and  
to implementing and enforcing effective 
systems and controls to ensure modern 
slavery is not taking place anywhere in 
our own business or in any of our supply 
chains. We are committed to ensuring there  
is transparency in our own business and in 
our approach to tackling modern slavery 
throughout our supply chains. We expect the 
same high standards from all our contractors, 
suppliers and other business partners.

Employees with disabilities
We welcome all applications for employment 
made by individuals with disabilities.  
Our dedicated Auto Trader Resourcing team 
will make reasonable adjustments in the 
recruitment process according to the  
needs of each individual to ensure that  
they can perform their best during the 
assessment stage. 

We are dedicated to supporting employees 
that become disabled during their 
employment with us. We recognise that  
each individual is unique and we provide 
support and make reasonable adjustments 
to ensure they continue realising their full 
potential at work. 

We continue to offer training, career 
development and promotion opportunities  
by taking appropriate action related to the 
needs of the individuals to allow them to 
continue to have a fulfilling career with us.

The Company’s Strategic report is set 
out on pages 2 to 43. Approved by the 
Board on 8 June 2017 and signed on its 
behalf by:

Sean Glithero
Chief Financial Officer  
8 June 2017

43

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsGovernance overview

Committed to high standards 
of corporate governance

The Board takes overall 
responsibility for the Group’s 
governance framework, its 
culture and its values.”
Ed Williams 
Chairman

I am pleased to introduce our corporate 
governance statement which incorporates 
reports from the Chairmen of each of our 
Board Committees. These reports explain our 
governance policies and procedures in detail 
and describe how we have applied the 
principles of corporate governance contained 
in the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014 
(the ‘Code’).

Compliance with the Corporate 
Governance Code
The Company complied with all provisions 
set out in the Code for the period.

Directors
We continually review the composition 
of the Board to ensure that it has the skills, 
experience and balance required for the 
proper stewardship of the business. With 
effect from 1 April 2017, we were pleased to 
appoint Nathan Coe as an Executive Director, 
in the role of Chief Operating Officer. Nathan 
has been central in shaping Auto Trader into 
one of the UK’s leading digital businesses, 
and the creation of the Board-level role of 
Chief Operating Officer reflects our 
confidence in his abilities and strong 
leadership qualities.

We have three independent Non-Executive 
Directors, who bring with them significant 
commercial and financial expertise and are 
well placed to support the Executive Team in 
implementing our strategy. With Nathan’s 
appointment, we now have three Executive 
Directors and therefore we continue to 
comply with the relevant provision of the 
Code for at least half of the Board to be 
independent, excluding myself. 

All Directors will offer themselves for 
election or re-election by the shareholders 
at the forthcoming AGM.

44

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Report of the Nomination Committee

Report of the Audit Committee

Directors’ remuneration report

page 54

page 56

page 60

Committees of the Board
The Board has established the following Committees and has delegated certain functions and tasks within their approved 
Terms of Reference. This allows the Board to operate efficiently and focus on relevant areas of its responsibilities.

The membership of each Committee and a summary of its role is below. The full Terms of Reference of each Committee 
are published on the Company’s website at about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors

Board

Nomination 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Disclosure 
Committee

Members
 – Ed Williams (Chairman)

Members
 – David Keens (Chairman)

Members
 – Jill Easterbrook (Chairman)

 – David Keens

 – Jill Easterbrook

 – Jeni Mundy

 – Jill Easterbrook

 – Jeni Mundy

 – David Keens

 – Jeni Mundy

Members
 – Trevor Mather

 – Sean Glithero

 – Nathan Coe

 – Claire Baty

Role and Terms of Reference
Reviews the structure, 
size and composition of the 
Board and its Committees, 
and makes appropriate 
recommendations to 
the Board.

Role and Terms of Reference
Reviews and reports to the 
Board on the Group’s financial 
reporting, internal control, 
whistleblowing, internal 
audit and the independence 
and effectiveness of the 
external auditors.

Role and Terms of Reference
Responsible for all elements 
of the remuneration of the 
Executive Directors and 
the Chairman, and senior 
employees.

Role and Terms of Reference
Assists the Board in 
discharging its responsibilities 
relating to monitoring 
the existence of Inside 
Information and its disclosure 
to the market.

 Read more on page 54.

 Read more on page 56.

 Read more on page 60. 

 about-us.autotrader.co.uk/
investors

Board effectiveness
Our annual Board, Committee and Director 
evaluation was carried out internally this  
year and confirmed to us that the Board and 
Committees are operating smoothly and  
that each Director continues to be effective. 
Further details can be found on page 52. 
Next year, as recommended by the Code,  
we intend our Board evaluation to be 
externally facilitated.

Diversity and inclusion
We are committed to achieving a diverse 
Board and workforce, and believe in the 
benefits that diversity of gender, ethnicity, 
background and experience bring. We have 
this year established a Diversity & Inclusion 
working group and have added to our 
Nomination Committee Terms of Reference 
the responsibility to oversee the progress  
in this important area. With two of our 
Directors being female, we also continue  
to achieve our internal target of at least  
25% female Board representation.

Culture
Governance is not just about processes 
and structure. A culture of transparency 
and openness is an essential part of a robust 
governance framework, and underpins 
everything that we do as a Board, as 
individual Directors, and in how our business 
operates. More details on Auto Trader’s 
values and culture, and how these are 
embedded in the wider organisation, are 
included in the CSR section on page 37.

Annual General Meeting
Our Annual General Meeting will be held  
at 10.00am on 21 September 2017 at 1 Tony 
Wilson Place, Fourth Floor, Manchester,  
M15 4FN. We expect that all Directors will  
be in attendance.

Ed Williams
Chairman 
8 June 2017

45

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsBiography and experience

Ed Williams
Chairman

Ed has been a Non-Executive 
Director of Auto Trader since 
November 2010 and Chairman 
since March 2014. He was the 
founding Chief Executive of 
Rightmove plc, serving in that 
capacity from November 2000 
until his retirement from the 
business in April 2013. Rightmove 
plc was floated on the London 
Stock Exchange in February 2006. 
Prior to Rightmove, Ed spent the 
majority of his career as a 
management consultant with 
Accenture and McKinsey & Co. Ed 
holds an MA in Philosophy, Politics 
and Economics from St Anne’s 
College, Oxford.

Jeni Mundy
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Jeni was appointed as a Non-
Executive Director on 1 March 2016. 
Jeni is the Enterprise Product 
Director for Vodafone Group and is 
responsible for the strategy, 
delivery and lifecycle management 
of the business product portfolio 
worldwide. Jeni started her career 
as a Radio Engineer with BellSouth 
in New Zealand and has been 
with Vodafone since 1998. Her roles 
have included five years as Chief 
Technology Officer (‘CTO’) in New 
Zealand managing IT and the 
mobile network, five years as the 
Vodafone UK CTO and a year 
leading the Northern Europe Sales 
team for multinational customers. 
Jeni holds an MSc in Electronic 
Engineering from the University 
of Wales.

Nathan Coe
Chief Operating Officer

Nathan was appointed to the Board 
as Chief Operating Officer (‘COO’) in 
April 2017. Nathan joined Auto Trader 
in 2007 to oversee the transition 
from a magazine business to being 
a pure digital company. He was 
responsible for launching a number 
of new business areas, and led the 
Company’s early entry and 
subsequent growth in mobile and 
online. For the past two years, 
Nathan has been the joint 
Operations Director, sharing 
responsibility for the day-to-day 
operations of the business. Prior to 
joining Auto Trader, Nathan was at 
Telstra, Australia’s leading 
telecommunications company, 
where he led Mergers and 
Acquisitions and Corporate 
Development for its media and 
internet businesses. He was 
previously a consultant at PwC, 
having graduated from the 
University of Sydney with a 
B.Com. (Hons).

Appointed to Board

November 2010.

March 2016.

Independent on appointment

Yes.

External appointments

Idealista S.A.

Yes.

None.

April 2017.

N/A.

None.

Committee memberships

Nomination (Chairman).

Remuneration, Nomination, Audit.

Disclosure Committee.

Disclosure Committee.

Remuneration (Chairman), 

Disclosure Committee.

46

David Keens

Senior Independent 

Non-Executive Director

David was appointed as a 

Non-Executive Director on 

Sean Glithero

Chief Financial Officer

Jill Easterbrook

Independent 

Non-Executive Director

Trevor Mather

Chief Executive Officer

After qualifying as a chartered 

Jill was appointed as a Non-

Trevor joined Auto Trader as Chief 

accountant with Ernst & Young, 

Executive Director to the Board 

Executive Officer in June 2013. 

1 May 2015. David was previously 

working within both the audit and 

on 1 July 2015. Jill is currently the 

Previously, Trevor was President 

Group Finance Director of NEXT plc 

corporate finance departments, 

CEO of Boden, following her 

and CEO of ThoughtWorks, a 

(1991 to 2015) and its Group 

Sean worked in the telecoms 

appointment in February 2017. Jill 

global IT and software consulting 

Treasurer (1986 to 1991). Previous 

industry and for the FTSE 100 

was previously a member of the 

company. Trevor joined 

management experience includes 

company BPB plc, before joining 

executive committee at Tesco PLC 

ThoughtWorks in 2001, to kick-start 

nine years in the UK and overseas 

Auto Trader as Group Financial 

where she was most recently the 

the UK branch of the company and 

operations of multinational food 

Controller in 2006. He has since 

Group Business Transformation 

then took responsibility for all 

manufacturer Nabisco (1977 to 

held various group and divisional 

Director. She joined Tesco in 2001 

international operations before 

1986) and prior to that seven years 

roles in the business, helping the 

and held a variety of strategic and 

becoming CEO in 2007. He helped 

in the accountancy profession. 

business reshape through 

operational leadership roles. She 

oversee the business grow from a 

David is a member of the 

Association of Chartered 

acquisitions and disposals as well 

has run a number of multichannel 

300 person North American 

as aiding the transition online 

businesses within Tesco including 

company to a 2,200 person global 

Certified Accountants and of 

through restructuring and 

UK and ROI Clothing and the 

business with operations in 29 

the Association of Corporate 

realignment programmes. Sean 

Developing Businesses division. 

cities around the world with a 

Treasurers.

was appointed Chief Financial 

Jill started her career at Marks 

particular personal focus on 

Officer in September 2012 and has 

& Spencer in buying and 

helping businesses become truly 

led two major re-financings and 

merchandising and also spent time 

digital. Before his time at 

also has responsibility for 

as a management consultant with 

ThoughtWorks, Trevor spent 

customer security, legal services 

Cap Gemini Ernst & Young.

and procurement. Sean holds a 

BA (Hons) in Accountancy from 

Exeter University.

almost 10 years at Andersen 

Consulting (now Accenture) 

focusing on e-business solutions. 

Trevor holds an MEng in 

Aeronautics and Astronautics 

from Southampton University.

May 2015.

Yes.

J Sainsbury plc.

Audit (Chairman), 

September 2012.

N/A.

None.

July 2015.

Yes.

Boden Limited.

June 2013.

N/A.

None.

Nomination, Remuneration.

Nomination, Audit.

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Board of DirectorsBiography and experience

Ed has been a Non-Executive 

Jeni was appointed as a Non-

Nathan was appointed to the Board 

Ed Williams

Chairman

Jeni Mundy

Independent 

Non-Executive Director

Nathan Coe

Chief Operating Officer

Director of Auto Trader since 

Executive Director on 1 March 2016. 

as Chief Operating Officer (‘COO’) in 

November 2010 and Chairman 

Jeni is the Enterprise Product 

April 2017. Nathan joined Auto Trader 

since March 2014. He was the 

Director for Vodafone Group and is 

in 2007 to oversee the transition 

founding Chief Executive of 

responsible for the strategy, 

from a magazine business to being 

Rightmove plc, serving in that 

delivery and lifecycle management 

a pure digital company. He was 

capacity from November 2000 

of the business product portfolio 

responsible for launching a number 

until his retirement from the 

worldwide. Jeni started her career 

of new business areas, and led the 

business in April 2013. Rightmove 

as a Radio Engineer with BellSouth 

Company’s early entry and 

plc was floated on the London 

in New Zealand and has been 

subsequent growth in mobile and 

Stock Exchange in February 2006. 

with Vodafone since 1998. Her roles 

online. For the past two years, 

Prior to Rightmove, Ed spent the 

have included five years as Chief 

Nathan has been the joint 

majority of his career as a 

Technology Officer (‘CTO’) in New 

Operations Director, sharing 

management consultant with 

Zealand managing IT and the 

responsibility for the day-to-day 

Accenture and McKinsey & Co. Ed 

mobile network, five years as the 

operations of the business. Prior to 

holds an MA in Philosophy, Politics 

Vodafone UK CTO and a year 

joining Auto Trader, Nathan was at 

and Economics from St Anne’s 

leading the Northern Europe Sales 

Telstra, Australia’s leading 

College, Oxford.

team for multinational customers. 

telecommunications company, 

Jeni holds an MSc in Electronic 

where he led Mergers and 

Engineering from the University 

Acquisitions and Corporate 

of Wales.

Appointed to Board

November 2010.

March 2016.

Independent on appointment

Yes.

External appointments

Idealista S.A.

Yes.

None.

Committee memberships

Nomination (Chairman).

Remuneration, Nomination, Audit.

Disclosure Committee.

Development for its media and 

internet businesses. He was 

previously a consultant at PwC, 

having graduated from the 

University of Sydney with a 

B.Com. (Hons).

April 2017.

N/A.

None.

David Keens
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

David was appointed as a 
Non-Executive Director on 
1 May 2015. David was previously 
Group Finance Director of NEXT plc 
(1991 to 2015) and its Group 
Treasurer (1986 to 1991). Previous 
management experience includes 
nine years in the UK and overseas 
operations of multinational food 
manufacturer Nabisco (1977 to 
1986) and prior to that seven years 
in the accountancy profession. 
David is a member of the 
Association of Chartered 
Certified Accountants and of 
the Association of Corporate 
Treasurers.

Sean Glithero
Chief Financial Officer

After qualifying as a chartered 
accountant with Ernst & Young, 
working within both the audit and 
corporate finance departments, 
Sean worked in the telecoms 
industry and for the FTSE 100 
company BPB plc, before joining 
Auto Trader as Group Financial 
Controller in 2006. He has since 
held various group and divisional 
roles in the business, helping the 
business reshape through 
acquisitions and disposals as well 
as aiding the transition online 
through restructuring and 
realignment programmes. Sean 
was appointed Chief Financial 
Officer in September 2012 and has 
led two major re-financings and 
also has responsibility for 
customer security, legal services 
and procurement. Sean holds a 
BA (Hons) in Accountancy from 
Exeter University.

Jill Easterbrook
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Jill was appointed as a Non-
Executive Director to the Board 
on 1 July 2015. Jill is currently the 
CEO of Boden, following her 
appointment in February 2017. Jill 
was previously a member of the 
executive committee at Tesco PLC 
where she was most recently the 
Group Business Transformation 
Director. She joined Tesco in 2001 
and held a variety of strategic and 
operational leadership roles. She 
has run a number of multichannel 
businesses within Tesco including 
UK and ROI Clothing and the 
Developing Businesses division. 
Jill started her career at Marks 
& Spencer in buying and 
merchandising and also spent time 
as a management consultant with 
Cap Gemini Ernst & Young.

Trevor Mather
Chief Executive Officer

Trevor joined Auto Trader as Chief 
Executive Officer in June 2013. 
Previously, Trevor was President 
and CEO of ThoughtWorks, a 
global IT and software consulting 
company. Trevor joined 
ThoughtWorks in 2001, to kick-start 
the UK branch of the company and 
then took responsibility for all 
international operations before 
becoming CEO in 2007. He helped 
oversee the business grow from a 
300 person North American 
company to a 2,200 person global 
business with operations in 29 
cities around the world with a 
particular personal focus on 
helping businesses become truly 
digital. Before his time at 
ThoughtWorks, Trevor spent 
almost 10 years at Andersen 
Consulting (now Accenture) 
focusing on e-business solutions. 
Trevor holds an MEng in 
Aeronautics and Astronautics 
from Southampton University.

May 2015.

Yes.

J Sainsbury plc.

Audit (Chairman), 
Nomination, Remuneration.

September 2012.

N/A.

None.

Disclosure Committee.

July 2015.

Yes.

Boden Limited.

June 2013.

N/A.

None.

Remuneration (Chairman), 
Nomination, Audit.

Disclosure Committee.

The dates of appointment shown are the dates on which the Directors were first appointed to the Board 
of Auto Trader Group plc or the Group’s previous parent company, Auto Trader Holding Limited.

47

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsCorporate governance statement

This corporate governance statement explains key 
features of the Company’s governance framework and 
how it complies with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
published in 2014 by the Financial Reporting Council.

Introduction
This statement also includes items 
required by the Listing Rules and the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules (‘DTRs’). The UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the ‘Code’) is 
available on the Financial Reporting 
Council website at frc.org.uk

Compliance with 
the 2014 Code
The Company has complied in full with 
all provisions of the 2014 Corporate 
Governance Code during the year. 

This report is structured to follow each 
of the sections of the Code:

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

A  Leadership

see pages 48 and 49.

B  Effectiveness

see pages 50 and 54.

C  Accountability

see page 53 and page 56.

D  Remuneration

see page 53 and page 60.

E  Relations with shareholders

see page 53.

A  Leadership 

Board and Committee meetings 
and attendance
Board meetings are planned around the key 
events in the corporate calendar including 
the half-yearly and final results and the 
Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’), and a 
strategy meeting is held each year.

In months where there is no Board meeting, 
a financial update call is held at which the 
Board discusses results with operational 
management. There is also an annual day of 
“dual calling” where Directors accompany the 
sales force on their site visits to customers.

During the year, the Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors have met without 
Executive Directors present. In addition, 
the Non-Executive Directors have met 
without the Chairman and the Executive 
Directors present. 

48

Board responsibilities
The Board has adopted a formal schedule 
of matters reserved for its approval and has 
delegated other specific responsibilities to 
its Committees. The schedule sets out key 
aspects of the affairs of the Company which 
the Board does not delegate. It is reviewed at 
least annually, and is published on our website 
at about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors

Refer to page 49 for a summary 
of these matters.

Insurance
The Company maintains appropriate 
insurance to cover Directors’ and officers’ 
liability for itself and its subsidiaries and such 
insurance was in force for the whole of the 
financial year ending 31 March 2017.

Number of scheduled meetings held

Director

Ed Williams

Trevor Mather

Sean Glithero

David Keens

Jill Easterbrook

Jeni Mundy

Board

Audit

Remuneration

Nomination

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

3

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

3

3

4

n/a

n/a

n/a

4

4

4

1

1

n/a

n/a

1

1

1

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
Board roles
To ensure a clear division of responsibility at 
the head of the Company, the positions of 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer are 
separate and not held by the same person. 

The division of roles and responsibilities 
between the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive Officer is set out in writing and 
has been approved by the Board. 

David Keens is the Senior Independent 
Director.

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

 –  Leadership and governance of the Board.

 –  Responsible for the day-to-day operations 

 –  Creating and managing constructive 
relationships between the Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors.

 –  Ensuring ongoing and effective 

communication between the Board 
and its key shareholders.

 –  Setting the Board’s agenda and ensuring that 
adequate time is available for discussions.

 –  Ensuring the Board receives sufficient, 
pertinent, timely and clear information.

and results of the Group.

 –  Developing the Group’s objectives and 

strategy and successful execution of strategy.

 –  Responsible for the effective and ongoing 

communication with shareholders.

 –  Delegates authority for the day-to-day 

management of the business to the Operational 
Leadership Team (comprising the Executive 
Directors and senior management) who have 
responsibility for all areas of the business.

Non-Executive Directors

Senior Independent Director

Company Secretary

 – Scrutinise and monitor the performance 

 – Acts as a sounding board for the Chairman.

 – Available to all Directors to provide advice 

of management.

 –  Constructively challenge the Executive 

Directors.

 –  Monitor the integrity of financial information, 

financial controls and systems of risk 
management.

 –  Available to shareholders if they have 

concerns which the normal channels through 
the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or 
other Directors have failed to resolve.

 –  Meets with the other Non-Executive Directors 

without Executive Directors present.

and assistance.

 –  Responsible for providing governance advice.

 –  Ensures compliance with the Board’s 
procedures, and with applicable rules 
and regulations.

 –  Acts as secretary to the Board 

 –  Leads the annual evaluation of the Chairman’s 

and all Committees.

performance.

Board responsibilities

Providing 
leadership  
for the  
long-term 
success of  
the Group

Overall authority for the management and conduct of the Group’s business, 
strategy, objectives and development.

Monitoring delivery of business strategy and objectives; responsibility for any 
necessary corrective action.

Oversight of operations including effectiveness of systems of internal controls  
and risk management.

Approval of changes to the capital, corporate and/or management structure 
of the Group.

Approval of the Annual Report and Financial Statements, communications 
with shareholders and the wider investment community.

Approval of the dividend policy.

49

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsB  Effectiveness

Board composition, balance 
and independence
At the date of this report, the Board consists 
of the Non-Executive Chairman, three 
Independent Non-Executive Directors 
and three Executive Directors.

All of the Non-Executive Directors (David 
Keens, Jill Easterbrook and Jeni Mundy) are 
considered to be independent in character 
and judgement, and free of any business or 
other relationship which could materially 
influence their judgement. Ed Williams 
was considered to be independent on 
appointment. The Chairman’s fees and the 
Non-Executive Directors’ fees are disclosed 
on pages 62 and 67, and they received no 
additional remuneration from the Company 
during the year.

Therefore, at 31 March 2017 and to the date  
of this report, the Company is compliant  
with the Code provision that at least half  
the Board, excluding the Chairman, should 
comprise Independent Non-Executive 
Directors.

The Board and its Committees have an 
appropriate balance of skills, experience 
and knowledge of the Group to enable them 
to discharge their respective duties and 
responsibilities effectively in accordance 
with main principle B.1 of the Code. 
Biographies of all members of the Board 
appear on pages 46 and 47.

Appointments to the Board
The Board has established a Nomination 
Committee, chaired by Ed Williams with all 
other members comprising Independent 
Non-Executive Directors, and one of the  
main responsibilities of this Committee is  
to identify and nominate candidates for 
appointment as Directors to the Board. 
The work of the Committee is described 
on pages 54 and 55.

Non-Executive appointments to the Board 
are for an initial term of up to three years. 
Non-Executive Directors are typically 
expected to serve two three-year terms, 
although the Board may invite the Director  
to serve for an additional period.

Letters of appointment
The Chairman and the Non-Executive 
Directors have letters of appointment which 
are available for inspection at the registered 
office of the Company during normal business 
hours and at the place of the AGM from at 
least 15 minutes before and until the end of the 
meeting. These letters set out the expected 
time commitment from each Director.

The Board as a whole is updated, as necessary, 
in light of any governance developments as 
and when they occur, and there is an annual 
Legal and Regulatory Update provided as 
part of the Board meeting. All Directors are 
required to complete our annual compliance 
training modules covering anti-bribery, 
anti-money laundering, data protection 
and information security.

As part of the Board evaluation, the Chairman 
meets with each Director to discuss any 
individual training and development needs.

Information and support available 
to Directors
Full and timely access to all relevant 
information is given to the Board. For Board 
meetings, this consists of a formal agenda, 
minutes of previous meetings and a 
comprehensive set of papers including 
regular operational and financial reports, 
provided to Directors in a timely manner 
in advance of meetings.

All of the Directors have the right to have 
their opposition to, or concerns over, 
any Board decision noted in the minutes. 
Directors are entitled to take independent 
professional advice at the Company’s 
expense in the furtherance of their duties, 
where considered necessary.

All Directors have access to the advice 
and services of the Company Secretary, 
Claire Baty.

Election of Directors
The Board can appoint any person to be 
a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an 
addition to the existing Board. Any Director 
so appointed by the Board shall hold office 
only until the next AGM and shall then be 
eligible for election by the shareholders.

External directorships
Any external appointments or other 
significant commitments of the Directors 
require the prior approval of the Board. None 
of the Executive Directors have any external 
directorships as at the date of this report. 
The Board is comfortable that external 
appointments of the Chairman and the 
Non-Executive Directors do not impact 
on the time that any Director devotes 
to the Company.

In accordance with the Company’s Articles 
of Association, the Board has a formal  
system in place for Directors to declare 
conflicts of interests and for such conflicts 
to be considered for authorisation.

Induction and development
All newly appointed Directors receive an 
induction briefing on their duties and 
responsibilities as Directors of a publicly 
quoted company. There is a formal induction 
programme to ensure that newly appointed 
Directors familiarise themselves with the 
Group and its activities, either through 
reading, meetings with the relevant member 
of senior management or through sessions  
in the Board meetings.

Each Board meeting contains a presentation 
from senior management on one of the 
operating priorities for the year. Specific 
business-related presentations are given  
to the Board by senior management and 
external advisors when appropriate – refer  
to the table of activities on page 51.

All Directors are offered the opportunity to 
meet with customers and take part in sales 
calls to understand the business from a 
customer’s perspective. There is a formal 
day of “dual calling” where Board members 
accompany the sales force on their visits to 
customers. All Directors now receive a 
weekly newsletter from our sales and service 
team to ensure they are kept informed of the 
latest customer dialogue and sentiment.

50

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Corporate governance statement continuedBoard and Committee activities in 2017 

Strategy

Operational

Financial

People

Shareholders

Risk and governance

Monthly operational 
report with key 
achievements and 
issues in the month, 
view of the industry, 
competitors and 
customers.

Regular reports received

Monthly financial 
report with results, 
KPIs, outturn and 
external view.

Quarterly share 
buyback programme.

Monthly report 
of people changes, 
recruitment, 
resourcing needs 
and employee 
engagement.

Regular feedback from 
investor meetings.

Approval of material 
contracts.

Quarterly shareholder 
analysis.

Governance and 
regulatory updates.

2017 operating priority: 
Increase consumer 
audience, advert views 
and use of our 
valuations tools.

2017 operating priority: 
Extend the penetration 
of products outside of 
our core classified 
proposition.

2017 operating priority: 
Promote trust and 
fairness in the 
marketplace.

2017 operating priority: 
Enhance our relevance 
and value to 
manufacturers. 

IT strategy, systems 
and cyber risks.

Strategy off-site 
including customer 
visits.

Pricing and product 
strategy for 2018.

2017 operating priority: 
Operate a simpler, 
leaner and more 
data-oriented 
business.

6
1
0
2

l
i
r
p
A

e
n
u
J

y
l
u
J

r
e
b
m
e
t
p
e
S

r
e
b
o
t
c
O

r
e
b
m
e
v
o
N

y 2018 Operating plan.
r
a
u
r
b
e
F

7
1
0
2

2018 operating priority: 
Grow ARPR in a 
balanced, sustainable 
way by creating value 
for our customers.

h
c
r
a
M

Acquisition of Motor 
Trade Delivery Limited

Review of our selling 
pillar products and 
upcoming changes.

Singleview sales 
system project.

Approval of 
Annual Report and 
Preliminary Results 
Announcement.

Approval targets for 
female representation 
on Board.

Approval of Group’s 
capital structure and 
the dividend policy.

Bonus approval 
for 2016 PSP targets 
and grants.

Approval of final 
dividend.

Reviewed feedback 
from analysts and 
investors from results 
roadshow.

Reviewed feedback 
from investors and 
proxy advisory 
agencies in advance 
of Annual General 
Meeting.

Annual review of 
governance 
framework.

Business continuity 
planning and disaster 
recovery.

Review and approval 
of Group risk register.

Review and approval 
of viability statement.

Market Abuse 
Regulation and 
implementation.

Review and approval 
of Modern Slavery 
Statement.

Diversity and inclusion.

Succession planning.

Appointment of 
Company Secretary.

Review of new car 
opportunities.

Approval of half-yearly 
report.

Approval of interim 
dividend.

Review of tax 
compliance.

2018 Financial plan.

Salary reviews and 
bonus targets for 2018.

Launch of SAYE plan 
for 2018.

Appointment of 
Nathan Coe as Director.

Review and approval 
of Group risk register.

Legal and regulatory 
update.

Review of internal 
control framework.

51

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsBoard evaluation and effectiveness
A formal internal evaluation of the Board, Committees and individual Directors has taken place during the year.

This included the completion of a detailed questionnaire by each of the Board Directors, covering the Board’s role, knowledge and skills, 
Board meetings and information flows, Board composition, succession planning, risk management, relations with shareholders and each 
of the Board Committees.

The results were reviewed by the Chairman and the principal findings were fed back to the Board in March 2017. The review also covered 
the progress made on the points raised in the previous year’s evaluation.

Actions arising from the 2016 review 

Reviewing the level of information 
presented in Board papers.

The format of the monthly operational and financial Board report has been changed to make it 
clearer and more concise. Board papers are reviewed to ensure that they are free from jargon 
and focus on the key issues.

Increasing exposure between Board 
members and operational management 
outside Board meetings.

Pre-meetings are arranged before Board meetings for the Non-Executive Directors to meet with 
members of senior management, either as part of ongoing induction and education, or to focus 
on a particular project or product launch.

Formalising the induction process and 
setting in place formal Board training 
and development plans.

A formal induction programme has been designed, comprising reading of materials 
and meetings with various Key Management. Where areas are not already covered as part 
of the Board meetings, separate sessions are arranged. Regular updates have been provided 
to the Board where relevant (e.g. Market Abuse Directive, Modern Slavery Act, Gender Pay Gap) 
and there is annual face-to-face training with our corporate lawyers. All Directors are required 
to complete our annual compliance training programme. In addition, a wealth of information is 
made available on the Board Portal and through our online Learning and Knowledge Hubs.

Continuing to increase the Board’s 
understanding of the views of major 
shareholders.

Updates are provided to the Board after each key investor event including conferences 
and the investor roadshows at half-year and year end. The Chairman has attended meetings 
with investors and at Group conferences.

Actions arising from the 2017 review

Reviewing the format of Board papers 
and meetings to ensure the right balance 
between presentation and discussion.

Increasing informal contact between 
Board members outside of Board 
meetings.

Deepening the Board’s understanding 
of the views and perspective of our 
customers.

Continuing to enhance the Board’s 
understanding of the views of major 
shareholders.

A standard format has been agreed for presentations from senior management so that the 
sessions can focus more on discussion and debate.

More opportunities for informal contact have been arranged between Board members, and also 
the Non-Executive Directors continue to meet regularly with members of senior management.

The Board already takes part in an annual day of dual calling, visiting some of our customers with 
a member of the sales team. This year, the Board will also be offered the opportunity to take part 
in call listening, and now receive a weekly roundup of customer views and issues from our sales 
and service team.

Updates will continue to be provided to the Board after each key investor event. 
All Directors will be invited to the analyst presentations and group sales meetings.

In addition, an assessment of the Chairman’s performance was carried out, led by the Senior Independent Director, and feedback 
was provided to him individually.

Overall, the results showed that the Board and its Committees continue to operate well, and that each individual Director continues 
to make an effective contribution.

In the next financial year, we intend our Board evaluation to be externally facilitated.

52

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Corporate governance statement continuedC  Accountability 

The Board has established an Audit 
Committee, chaired by David Keens and 
comprised entirely of Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. The Committee 
has defined Terms of Reference which 
include assisting the Board in discharging 
many of its responsibilities with respect  
to financial and business reporting, risk 
management and internal control. The  
work of the Committee is described on  
pages 56 to 59.

Financial and business reporting
Assisted by the Audit Committee, the Board 
has carried out a review of the 2017 Annual 
Report and considers that, in its opinion, the 
report is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy. 
Refer to the Audit Committee Report on  
page 58 for details of the review process.

See pages 10 to 13 in the Strategic report  
for a description of our business model, 
strategy and operating priorities.

See page 32 for the Board’s statement on 
going concern and the viability statement.

Risk management and internal control
The Company does not have a separate  
Risk Committee; the Board is collectively 
responsible for determining the nature 
and extent of the principal risks it is willing 
to take in achieving its strategic objectives.  
The processes in place for assessment, 
management and monitoring of risks are 
described in a separate section on 
pages 30 to 31.

The Board acknowledges its responsibility 
for establishing and maintaining the Group’s 
system of risk management and internal 
controls and it receives regular reports from 
management identifying, evaluating and 
managing the risks within the business. 
The system of internal controls is designed 
to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk 
of failure to achieve business objectives 
and can provide only reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. The Audit Committee 
reviews the system of internal controls 
through reports received from management, 
along with others from internal and external 
auditors. Management continues to focus  
on how internal controls and risk 
management can be further embedded  
into the operations of the business and on 
how to deal with areas of improvement 
 which come to the attention of  
management and the Board.

The Board, assisted by the Audit Committee, 
has carried out a review of the effectiveness 
of the system of risk management and 
internal controls during the year ended 
31 March 2017 and for the period up to 
the date of approval of the consolidated 
financial statements contained in the 
Annual Report. The review covered all 
material controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls and 
risk management systems. The Board 
considered the weaknesses identified and 
reviewed the developing actions, plans and 
programmes that it considered necessary. 
The Board confirms that no significant 
weaknesses or failings were identified 
as a result of the review of effectiveness.

D  Remuneration 

The Board has established a Remuneration 
Committee, chaired by Jill Easterbrook and 
comprised entirely of Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. The work of the 
Committee is described on pages 60 to 68.

E   Relations with 
shareholders 

200+

meetings or calls with investors 
and analysts during the year.

The Board has a comprehensive investor 
relations programme to ensure that existing 
and potential investors understand the 
Company’s strategy and performance. 
As part of this programme, the Executive 
Directors give formal presentations to 
investors and analysts on the half-year and 
full-year results in November and June 
respectively. These updates are posted on 
the Group’s website and are available to all 
shareholders. In response to feedback from 
analysts and investors, the half-year results  
in November 2016 were audiocast and the 
full-year results in June 2017 were webcast 
for the first time.

The results presentations are followed 
by formal investor roadshows in the UK  
and overseas.

All announcements, investor presentations 
and the Annual Report are on the Company’s 
website about-us.autotrader.co.uk/
investors

There is also an ongoing programme of 
attendance at conferences, one-to-one 
meetings and group meetings with 
institutional investors, fund managers and 
analysts. These meetings cover a wide range 
of issues, including strategy, performance 
and governance, but care is exercised to 
ensure that any price-sensitive information 
is released to all shareholders, institutional 
and private, at the same time. Meetings 
which relate to governance are attended by 
the Chairman or another Non-Executive 
Director as appropriate. Private shareholders 
are encouraged to give feedback and 
communicate with the Board through 
ir@autotrader.co.uk

The Board receives regular reports on issues 
relating to share price, trading activity and 
movements in institutional investor 
shareholdings. The Board is also provided 
with current analyst opinions, forecasts and 
feedback from its joint corporate brokers, 
Bank of America, Merrill Lynch and Numis, 
on the views of institutional investors on 
a non-attributed and attributed basis, and 
on the views of analysts from its Finance 
PR agency, Powerscourt. Any major 
shareholders’ concerns are communicated 
to the Board by the Executive Directors.

The Chairman, the Senior Independent 
Director and other Non-Executive Directors 
are available to meet with shareholders and 
arrangements can be made through the 
Company Secretary.

Annual General Meeting
The AGM of the Company will take place 
at 10.00 am on Thursday 21 September 2017 
at the Company’s registered office at 1 
Tony Wilson Place, Fourth Floor, Manchester, 
M15 4FN. All shareholders have the 
opportunity to attend and vote, in person 
or by proxy, at the AGM.

All proxy votes received in respect of each 
resolution at the AGM are counted and the 
balance for and against, and any votes 
withheld, are indicated. At the meeting itself, 
voting on all the proposed resolutions is 
conducted on a poll rather than a show of 
hands, in line with recommended best 
practice. The Chairman, the Chair of each of 
the Committees and the Executive Directors 
are present at the AGM and available to 
answer shareholders’ questions.

The Notice of the AGM can be found in a 
booklet which is being mailed out at the 
same time as this Report. The Notice of the 
AGM sets out the business of the meeting 
and an explanatory note on all resolutions. 
Separate resolutions are proposed in 
respect of each substantive issue. Results 
of resolutions proposed at the AGM will 
 be published on the Company’s website 
about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors 
following the AGM.

53

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsEd Williams 
Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee

 – Composed of the Chairman and three Independent 

Non-Executive Directors.

 – At least one meeting held per year.

 – Meetings are attended by the Chief Executive Officer 

and other relevant attendees by invitation.

 –  For more information on the Committee’s Terms of Reference  

visit about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors

One meeting was held during the year:

Meetings attended/ 
total meetings held

Percentage of  
meetings attended

Ed Williams (Chairman) 

David Keens 

Jill Easterbrook 

Jeni Mundy 

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

100%

100%

100%

100%

Our progress in 2017
 – Succession planning review. 

 – Focus on diversity and inclusion.

 – Appointment of Nathan Coe as Chief Operating Officer.

In 2018 we will
 – Continue to monitor Board and senior management succession 

in the context of the Company’s long-term strategy.

 – Support management and the Board in promoting diversity  

in senior management and across the workforce.

Dear shareholders,
I am pleased to present the Report of the Nomination Committee  
for 2017, which has been a year of consolidation following the 
appointment of three new Independent Non-Executive 
Directors in the previous year.

Role of the Committee
The Committee reviews the structure, size and composition  
of the Board and its Committees, and makes appropriate 
recommendations to the Board for appointments to the Board.

How the Committee operates
All members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive 
Directors. The Chairman of the Board chairs all meetings of the 
Committee unless they relate to the appointment of his 
successor; for these meetings, the Senior Independent Director 
(‘SID’) is invited to take the Chair unless the SID is in contention  
for the role.

The Committee meets at least annually, and on an ad hoc basis as 
required throughout the year. Only members of the Committee 
have the right to attend meetings, however, the Chief Executive 
Officer attends for all or part of meetings so that the Committee 
can understand his views, particularly on key talent within 
the business.

Succession planning
Effective succession planning is critical to the long-term success 
of the Company. The continual review of succession plans 
continued in the year to ensure that arrangements are in place 
for orderly succession in the context of the Group’s strategy 
for the Board and senior management.

The Board recognises the importance of developing our 
employees in relation to succession planning for senior 
positions. The succession planning review included a review  
of the development plans for the senior management team 
in order to recognise and grow our internal talent.

Appointment of Executive Director
During the year, the Committee recommended the appointment 
of Nathan Coe as an Executive Director. All members of the 
Board met with Nathan and were pleased to welcome him to  
the Board with effect from 1 April 2017.

Policy on appointments to the Board
The most important priority of the Committee has been, and  
will continue to be, ensuring that members of the Board should 
collectively possess the broad range of skills, expertise and 
industry knowledge, and business and other experience 
necessary for the effective oversight of the Group.

Appointments are made on merit, against objective criteria  
and with due regard to the benefits of diversity on the Board.  
The Committee takes account of a variety of factors before 
recommending any new appointments to the Board, including 
relevant skills to perform the role, experience, knowledge  
and diversity, including gender diversity.

In 2016, we adopted a target of female representation on our 
Board of 25%, and we continue to meet this target, as two of  
our seven Board members are female.

54

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Report of the Nomination CommitteeDiversity and inclusion
The Committee has always had a responsibility to take account of 
diversity when considering the size, structure and composition of the 
Board and the senior management team. However, recognising the 
importance of this issue, the Committee’s Terms of Reference now 
include the responsibility to oversee diversity and inclusion across 
the whole Group.

We acknowledge the recommendations of the Hampton-Alexander 
Review. The Board is committed to strengthening female 
representation at senior management level but formal targets have 
not been set – instead, through our Diversity & Inclusion Working 
Group, we have sought to take positive steps to address the 
underlying challenges facing all under-represented groups within 
our workforce and senior management teams, including differences 
of gender, race, ethnic origin, age, disability and sexual orientation. 
We are proud of the progress made during the year by our Diversity & 
Inclusion Working Group, which is covered in more detail on page 38.

Independence and re-election to the Board
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all 
Directors will retire and offer themselves for election or re-election 
to the Board.

The Directors who have been in post throughout the year have been 
subject to a formal evaluation process, and both the Committee and 
the Board are satisfied that all Directors continue to be effective in, 
and demonstrate commitment to, their respective roles on the Board 
and that each makes a valuable contribution to the leadership of 
the Company.

The Board therefore recommends that shareholders approve the 
resolutions to be proposed at the 2017 AGM relating to the election 
and re-election of the Directors.

I will be available at the AGM to answer any questions on the work 
of the Committee.

Ed Williams
Chairman of the Nomination Committee 
8 June 2017

Board composition1
As at 31 March 2017

3

2

1

Chairman
Independent Non-Executive Directors
Executive Directors

Board diversity1
As at 31 March 2017

2

Male
Female

4

Board tenure1
As at 31 March 2017

1

2

3

Over 5 years
2-5 years
Up to 2 years

1  Nathan Coe was appointed, as an Executive Director,
  with effect from 1 April 2017.

55

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsDear shareholders,
I am pleased to introduce the Audit Committee Report for 2017.

The Committee operates under defined Terms of Reference 
and assists the Board in discharging many of its responsibilities 
over monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting; 
the effectiveness of the internal control and risk management 
framework; the internal audit function; and the independence 
and effectiveness of the external auditors. The Committee is 
comprised entirely of Independent Non-Executive Directors, 
all of whom have significant commercial and operating 
experience in consumer and digital businesses; and I fulfil the 
requirement for a Committee member to have recent and 
relevant financial experience.

The Committee met three times during the year, arranged around 
our external reporting and audit cycle, and with attendance  
by the CFO and other members of management and with 
representation from KPMG and Deloitte. The Committee 
reviewed significant accounting matters with an appropriate 
level of challenge and debate. We believe that the information  
in this Annual Report clearly explains progress against our 
strategic and operating objectives and is fair, balanced 
and understandable.

The Committee plays a key role in ensuring that we continue 
to have a robust internal control and risk management process.  
Our internal audit function is outsourced to Deloitte LLP, who 
continue to provide us with specialist expertise in delivering 
a risk-based rolling review programme.

During the year, the Audit Quality Review team of the Financial 
Reporting Council (‘FRC’) reviewed PwC’s (our outgoing auditors) 
audit of the Group’s March 2016 financial statements. The FRC 
have given us a copy of their report, which has been reviewed by 
the Committee and discussed with PwC. The report does not 
give the Committee any concerns over the quality, objectivity  
or independence of the audit.

At the 2016 AGM, shareholders approved the Board’s 
recommendation to appoint KPMG LLP as our new external 
auditors. The transition has gone smoothly and we have already 
developed an effective working relationship with the KPMG 
team, which we look forward to continuing in future years.

David Keens
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
8 June 2017

Report of the Audit Committee

David Keens 
Chairman of the 
Audit Committee

 – Composed of three Independent Non-Executive Directors.

 – David Keens is considered by the Board to have recent and 
relevant experience. Other members have a wide range of 
business experience.

 – At least three meetings held per year.

 – Meetings are attended by the Chief Financial Officer, 

Chief Executive Officer, internal auditors and external auditors 
by invitation.

 –  For more information on the Committee’s Terms of Reference  

visit about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors

Three meetings were held during the year:

Meetings attended/ 
total meetings held

Percentage of  
meetings attended

David Keens (Chairman) 

Jill Easterbrook 

Jeni Mundy 

3/3

3/3

3/3

100%

100%

100%

Our progress in 2017
 – Transition from PwC to KPMG as new external auditor.

 – Review of change from 52 week to annual accounting, 

and the prospective change from Underlying operating profit 
to Operating profit measure.

 – Continued focus on key areas of judgement, risk and controls.

 – Review of effectiveness of internal audit function.

In 2018 we will 
 – Agree with KPMG any changes for their 2018 audit.

 – Review the integration and performance of Motor Trade 

Delivery, acquired in April 2017.

 – Consider the impact on the Company of political and 

regulatory changes. 

56

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Financial reporting
The primary role of the Committee in relation to financial reporting is to review and monitor the integrity of the financial statements, including 
annual and half-year reports, result announcements, dividend proposals and any other formal announcement relating to the Group’s financial 
performance.

The Committee assessed the quality and appropriateness of the accounting principles and policies adopted, and whether management had 
made appropriate underlying estimates and judgements. In doing so, the Committee reviewed management reports in respect of the main 
financial reporting issues and judgements made, together with reports prepared by the external auditor on the 2017 half-year statement and 
2017 Annual Report.

The Committee, with assistance from management and KPMG, identified areas of financial statement risk and judgement as described below.

Description of focus area

Revenue recognition

Audit Committee action

Revenue recognition for the Group’s revenue streams is not complex. 
However, this was an area of focus for KPMG due to the large volume 
of transactions and as revenue is the most material figure in the 
financial statements.

KPMG carried out a review of our revenue recognition policies; 
performed detailed analytical procedures; tested completeness 
and existence of revenue by matching sales information from sales 
systems to the financial systems and to cash receipts; reviewed 
customer contracts; tested revenue cut-off and assessment of 
deferred and accrued revenue; and carried out other computer 
assisted audit techniques.

Adjusted profit measure

The Group uses an Adjusted Profit Measure, Underlying operating 
profit, to allow better interpretation of the underlying performance 
of the business. Underlying operating profit is defined as Operating 
profit before exceptional items and share-based payments 
(including national insurance). Also, due to the additional five days 
of trading in the current year (arising from the change from 52-week 
to annual accounting) the Group has published adjusted growth 
figures in order to present a like-for-like measure, for the reasons 
noted in the Financial review, on page 26.

Share-based payments

The Company has a number of share-based payment arrangements, 
accounted for under IFRS 2, which requires the use of valuation 
models and certain assumptions in determining their fair value at 
grant and in the recognition of charges and as such is an area of 
judgement for management.

Going concern and viability statement

The Directors must satisfy themselves as to the Group’s viability 
and confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that it will 
continue to operate and meet its liabilities as they fall due. The 
period over which the Directors have determined is appropriate to 
assess the prospects of the Group has been defined as three years. 
In addition, the Directors must consider if the going concern 
assumption is appropriate.

The Committee was satisfied with the explanations provided 
and conclusions reached.

The Committee considered the appropriateness of including 
alternative profit and growth measures in the light of the ESMA 
guidelines, and was satisfied that the items were appropriately 
adjusted for; that the non-GAAP measures were not given undue 
prominence; and the disclosures, reconciliations and definitions 
provided were presented in a clear manner. The Committee also 
reviewed and concurred with the proposal to move to an 
unadjusted Operating profit measure commencing in 2018.

The Committee reviewed the assumptions made by management, 
particularly in relation to profit forecasts that determine the 
proportion of shares granted under the PSP and DABP. The 
Committee reviewed the comments within KPMG’s report into the 
adequacy of the charge and satisfied itself that the share-based 
payment accounting is appropriate and in accordance with 
accounting standards.

The Committee reviewed management’s schedules supporting 
the going concern assessment and viability statements. These 
included the Group medium-term plan and cash flow forecasts 
for the period to March 2020. The Committee discussed with 
management the appropriateness of the three-year period, and 
discussed the correlation with the Group’s principal risks and 
uncertainties as disclosed on pages 33 to 35. The feasibility of 
mitigating actions and the potential speed of implementation to 
achieve any flexibility required was discussed. The Committee 
evaluated the conclusions over going concern and viability and the 
proposed disclosures in the financial statements and satisfied itself 
that the financial statements appropriately reflect the conclusions.

57

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsFair, balanced and understandable
At the request of the Board, the Committee has reviewed the content of the 2017 Annual Report and considered whether, taken as a whole, in 
its opinion it is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy. The Committee was provided with an early draft of the Annual Report, and provided feedback on 
areas where further clarity or information was required in order to provide a complete picture of the Group’s performance. The final draft was 
then presented to the Audit Committee for review before being recommended for approval by the Board. When forming its opinion, the 
Committee reflected on the discussion held during the year and reports received from the external auditor and considered the following 
main areas:

Is the report fair?

 – Is a complete picture presented and has any sensitive material been omitted that should have been included?

 – Are key messages in the narrative aligned with the KPIs and are they reflected in the financial reporting?

 – Are the revenue streams described in the narrative consistent with those used for financial reporting in the 

financial statements?

Is the report 
balanced?

 – Is there a good level of consistency between the reports in the front and the reporting in the back of the Annual Report?

 – Do you get the same messages when reading the front end and the back end independently?

 – Is there an appropriate balance between statutory and adjusted measures and are any adjustments explained clearly 

with appropriate prominence?

 – Are the key judgements referred to in the narrative reporting and significant issues reported in the Report of the 
Audit Committee consistent with disclosures of key estimation uncertainties and critical judgements set out in 
the financial statements?

 – How do these compare with the risks that KPMG are planning to include in their report?

Is the report 
understandable?

 – Is there a clear and cohesive framework for the Annual Report?

 – Are the important messages highlighted and appropriately themed throughout the document?

 – Is the report written in accessible language and are the messages clearly drawn out?

Following the Committee’s review, the Directors confirm that, in their opinion, the 2017 Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Risk management and internal control
The Committee’s responsibilities include a review of the risk management systems and internal controls to ensure that they remain effective 
and that any identified weaknesses are properly dealt with. The Committee:

 – reviews annually the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control framework;

 – receives reports from the Group’s outsourced internal audit function and ensures recommendations are implemented where appropriate; and

 – reviews reports from the external auditors on any issues identified in the course of their work, including any internal control reports received 

on control weaknesses, and ensures that there is an appropriate response from management.

The Group has internal controls and risk management systems in place in relation to its financial reporting processes and preparation of 
consolidated accounts. These systems include policies and procedures to ensure that adequate accounting records are maintained and 
transactions are recorded accurately and fairly to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS. The internal control 
systems include the elements described below.

Element

Approach and basis for assurance

Whilst risk management is a matter for the Board as a whole, the day to day management of the Group’s key risks resides 
with the Operational Leadership Team (‘OLT’) and is documented in a risk register. A review and update of the risk 
register is undertaken twice a year and reviewed by the Board. The management of identified risks is delegated to the 
OLT, and regular updates are given to Executive Management at quarterly Governance meetings.

Group consolidation is performed on a monthly basis with a month end pack produced that includes an Income 
statement, Balance sheet, Cash flow statement and detailed analysis. The month end pack also includes KPIs and these 
are reviewed each month by the OLT and the Board. Results are compared against the Plan or Reforecast and narrative 
provided by management to explain significant variances.

An annual Plan is produced and monthly results are reported against this. A half-year Reforecast is produced. The Plan 
and the Reforecast are prepared using a bottom up approach, informed by a high-level assessment of market and 
economic conditions. Reviews are performed by the OLT and the Board whilst the Plan is also compared to the top 
down Medium Term Plan (‘MTP’) as a sense check. The Plan is approved by the OLT and Board, and the Reforecast is 
approved by the OLT and reported to the Board.

A documented structure of delegated authorities and approval for transactions is maintained beyond the Board Terms 
of Reference. This is reviewed regularly by management to ensure it remains appropriate for the business.

Procedures are defined to segregate duties over significant transactions, including procurement, payments to 
suppliers, payroll and discounts/refunds. Key reconciliations are prepared and reviewed on a monthly basis to ensure 
accurate reporting.

Risk 
management

Financial 
reporting

Budgeting and 
reforecasting

Delegation of 
authority and 
approval limits

Segregation 
of duties

58

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Report of the Audit Committee continuedInternal audit
Deloitte has been appointed as the Group’s outsourced internal audit function. They are accountable to the Audit Committee and use a 
risk-based approach to provide independent assurance over the adequacy and effectiveness of the control environment. The internal audit 
work plan for 2017 was approved by the Audit Committee and covers a broad range of core financial and operational processes and controls, 
focusing on specific risk areas, including:

 – Business rules and leakage. 

–  System provisioning.

 – IT resilience, disaster recovery and scalability. 

–  Data protection and leakage review.

 – New business and churn. 

–  Internal fraud risk.

Management actions that are recommended following the audits are tracked to completion and reviewed by the Committee to ensure that 
identified risks are mitigated appropriately. 

The Committee met with representatives from Deloitte without management present and with management without representatives of 
Deloitte present. There were no issues of note raised during these meetings.

Whistleblowing
A whistleblowing policy has been adopted which includes access to a whistleblowing telephone service run by an independent organisation, 
allowing employees to raise concerns on an entirely confidential basis. The Committee receives regular reports on the use of the service, 
any significant reports that have been received, the investigations carried out and any actions arising as a result.

External auditors
One of the Committee’s roles is to oversee the relationship with the external auditor, KPMG, and to evaluate the effectiveness of the service 
provided. KPMG was appointed as the Group’s external auditor at the 2016 AGM, and this has been a year of transition. The Committee has 
concluded that the external auditor is effective, based on review and discussion of audit scope and plans, materiality assessments, review 
of auditor’s reports and feedback from management on the effectiveness of the audit process.

During the year the Committee reviewed KPMG’s findings of the external auditor in respect of their review of the half-yearly report for the 
six-month period ending 25 September 2016, and in respect of the audit of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2017. The 
Committee met with representatives from KPMG without management present and with management without representatives of KPMG present, 
to ensure that there were no issues in the relationship between management and the external auditor which it should address. There were none.

The Committee has reviewed, and is satisfied with, the independence of KPMG as the external auditor.

Non-audit services provided by the external auditors
The external auditors are primarily engaged to carry out statutory audit work. There may be other services where the external auditors are 
considered to be the most suitable supplier by reference to their skills and experience. It is the Group’s practice that it will seek quotes from 
several firms, which may include KPMG, before engagements for non-audit projects are awarded. Contracts are awarded based on individual 
merits. A policy is in place for the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor, to ensure that the provision of such services does not 
impair the external auditor’s independence or objectivity. This policy has been reviewed effective 1 April 2017 and changes have been made in 
accordance with the EU Audit Reform.

Non-audit service

Policy

Audit-related services directly related to the audit 
For example, the review of interim financial statements, 
compliance certificates and reports to regulators.

Acceptable non-audit services 
Including but not limited to: work related to mergers, acquisitions, 
disposals, joint ventures or circulars; benchmarking services; and 
corporate governance advice.

Prohibited services 
In line with the EU Audit Reform, services where the auditor’s 
objectivity and independence may be compromised by the threat 
of self-interest, self-review, management, advocacy, familiarity or 
intimidation – for example, tax services, accounting services, internal 
audit services, valuation services and financial systems consultancy.

Considered to be approved by the Committee up to a level of 
£100,000 for each individual engagement, and to a maximum 
aggregate in any financial year of the higher of £200,000 and 70% 
of the average audit fees paid to the audit firm in the last three 
consecutive years.

Any engagement of the external auditor to provide permitted 
services over these limits is subject to the specific approval in 
advance by the Audit Committee.

Prohibited, with the exception of certain services which are subject 
to derogation if certain conditions are met, in accordance with the 
EU Audit Reform.

Refer to about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors for full details of the policy. During the year, KPMG charged the Group £30,000 for audit-related 
assurance services.

The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 – statement of compliance
As a competitive tender was carried out in 2016, and KPMG LLP appointed as statutory auditors in the current financial year, we have complied 
with the requirement that the external audit contract is tendered within the 10 years prescribed by EU and UK legislation and the Code’s 
recommendation. The Company confirms that it complied with the provisions of the Competition and Markets Authority’s Order for the 
financial year under review.

David Keens
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
8 June 2017

59

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statements   
 
 
   
 
Directors’ remuneration report

Annual statement by the Chairman  
of the Remuneration Committee

Jill Easterbrook 
Chairman of the 
Remuneration  
Committee

 – Composed of three Independent Non-Executive Directors.

 – At least two meetings held per year.

 – Meetings are attended by the Chief Executive Officer and other 
relevant attendees by invitation – no person is present during  
any discussion relating to their own remuneration.

 – For more information on the Committee’s Terms of Reference 

visit about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors

Four meetings were held during the year:

Meetings attended/ 
total meetings held

Percentage of  
meetings attended

Jill Easterbrook (Chairman) 

David Keens 

Jeni Mundy 

4/4

4/4

4/4

100%

100%

100%

Our progress in 2017
 – Confirming the performance targets to apply to the 2016 

Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) awards and granting the awards.

 – Considering the executive pay environment and confirming 

the current remuneration policy remains appropriate for 2018.

 – Reviewing the choice of performance metrics for 2018 

variable pay schemes.

 – Assessing the achievement of targets for the 2016 annual 
bonus, setting the targets for the 2017 annual bonus and 
reviewing progress against these targets. 

 – Consideration of the approach to equity participation across  

the workforce and approving the launch of a SAYE in 2018.

 – Considering the impact of changes to pension tax rules.

 – Approving the 2016 Directors’ remuneration report and 
considering the approach to reporting on the current  
financial year.

In 2018 we will
 – Review executive pay arrangements and, if changes 

are deemed necessary, consult with major shareholders 
on the remuneration policy. 

 – Confirm targets for and grant the 2017 PSP awards.

 – Continue to monitor the executive pay environment,  

governance developments and market practice.

60

Dear shareholders,
I am pleased to present, on behalf of the Board, the Report 
of the Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’) in respect 
of the year ended 31 March 2017.

Our remuneration arrangements are governed by our 
remuneration policy. This policy received binding shareholder 
approval, for the first time, at the AGM on 17 September 2015 and 
came into effect on that date. The Committee remains satisfied 
that the policy continues to support the Company’s strategy: 
to retain and motivate our management team, to drive strong 
returns for our shareholders and to promote the long-term 
success of the Company. Shareholders will not therefore be 
asked to approve any revisions to the policy at the 2017 AGM. 
However, it is the Committee’s intention to undertake a thorough 
review of the policy during the course of 2018, including 
consultation with our major shareholders, ahead of seeking 
approval for policy renewal at the 2018 AGM.

Objectives of the remuneration policy and link to strategy
The policy approved by shareholders in September 2015 has 
the following aims:

 – to attract, retain and motivate high calibre senior management, 

structured so as to focus on the delivery of the Company’s 
strategic and business objectives in order to promote its 
long-term success;

 – the targets for performance related pay to be closely linked 

to the Company’s main strategic objectives;

 – to be simple in design, transparent and understandable both 

to participants and shareholders;

 – to achieve a degree of consistency in terms of approach across 
the senior management population to the extent appropriate;

 – base pay to be set having had due regard to appropriate 

mid-market benchmarks with incentive pay structured so as to 
provide the opportunity to earn above mid-market benchmarks 
for the delivery of challenging performance targets; and

 – to promote an ownership culture, via the encouragement of 

widespread equity ownership across the workforce.

The policy supports our strategy through using performance 
conditions for our variable pay schemes that target improvements 
in our key performance indicators and growth in shareholder value 
(i.e. Operating profit, audience growth, new product initiatives and 
total shareholder returns). Incentive pay is subject to withholding 
and recovery provisions, the annual bonus arrangements include 
an element of compulsory bonus deferral, and robust share 
ownership guidelines apply. The Committee considers that these 
features promote significant alignment with shareholders and 
provide an appropriate level of risk mitigation.

Performance and reward in 2017
As described in the Strategic report on pages 2 to 43, 2017 has 
been another strong year, with revenue growth of 9% and 
Underlying operating profit growth of 19%. Good progress has 
been made across all of the Group’s operating priorities. The 
level of performance achieved resulted in a pay-out in respect 
of the financial element of the annual bonus of c.64% of the 
maximum, and an overall pay-out of 51.8% of the maximum. 
Further information on the actual targets set, and our 
performance against them is provided on pages 62 and 63.

As the first awards were granted under the Company’s 
Performance Share Plan in June 2015, there were no outstanding 
awards eligible to vest in respect of long-term performance in 
the year under review.

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Annual statement by the Chairman  

of the Remuneration Committee

This report sets out details of the remuneration policy for Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors, describes how the remuneration 
policy is implemented and discloses the amounts paid in the year 
ended 31 March 2017.

This remuneration report is in three parts. The Annual Statement 
by the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee sets out an 
overview of the year just ended. This is followed by the Annual 
Report on Remuneration (set out on pages 62 to 68), which provides 
greater detail on the amounts paid and the implementation of the  
policy in 2017 and also includes a high level summary of how the 
remuneration policy is intended to be implemented in the 2018 
financial year. Finally, as an Appendix, a summary version of the 
remuneration policy, which was approved by shareholders at  
the AGM on 17 September 2015, is set out on pages 69 to 72.  
The full policy can be viewed on our website at  
about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors

The Annual Statement by the Chairman, together with the  
Annual Report on Remuneration, will be subject to an advisory  
vote at the AGM on 21 September 2017.

Approach for 2018
The Committee will continue to operate within the remuneration 
policy approved by shareholders in September 2015. The key 
highlights of how we intend to apply this for 2018 are:

 – with effect from 1 April 2017, the salaries of the Executive Directors 
were increased by 2% which is below the average increase across 
the wider workforce;

 – the annual bonus plan will operate similarly to last year, with a 

maximum of 150% of salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 130% 
of salary for the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Operating 
Officer. 75% of the maximum bonus opportunity will be based on a 
financial metric with the remaining 25% being based on two strategic 
metrics. As explained in the Financial review on page 28, from 2018 
and beyond, the business will report against the statutory measure 
of Operating profit rather than the previous measure of Underlying 
operating profit, and so this will be adopted as the measure for the 
financial element of the bonus targets. Half of any bonus awarded 
will be deferred into shares for a period of two years;

 – awards will be made in June 2017 under the PSP at 200% of salary 
for Trevor Mather and 150% for Sean Glithero and Nathan Coe. 
Awards will also be made to other senior colleagues at this time. 
The performance conditions applying to these awards will be based 
on the Company’s Cumulative Operating profit (relevant to 75% 
of awards) and Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) (relevant to 25% of 
awards) measured over a period of three years. A two-year 
post-vesting holding period will also apply; and

 – share ownership guidelines of 200% of salary for the CEO and 150%  

of salary for the CFO and the COO will continue to operate.

Changes to the Board
Nathan Coe was promoted to the Board as Chief Operating Officer  
on 1 April 2017. His salary on joining the Board was set at £350,000  
and his remuneration arrangements are fully consistent with our 
remuneration policy. Details of his remuneration arrangements can 
be found on pages 65 and 66.

Feedback from shareholders
The Remuneration Committee is committed to ensuring that we are 
responsive to developments in best practice, and will proactively 
consider the implementation of our policy in the light of this. Should 
you have any feedback in this regard, I shall be available at the AGM  
to answer any specific questions that you may have.

I hope that you will be supportive of the AGM resolution to approve 
our Annual Report on Remuneration.

Jill Easterbrook
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
8 June 2017

61

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsAnnual Report on Remuneration

Single figure of remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2017 (Audited)
The table below shows the aggregate emoluments earned by the Directors of the Company in the year ended 31 March 2017.

£’000

Executive

Trevor Mather

Sean Glithero

Non-Executive

Ed Williams

David Keens 4

Jill Easterbrook 5

Jeni Mundy 6

Salary 
and fees

Benefits 1

Annual bonus

Long-term 
incentives 2

Pension 3

Total

536

296

173

72

63

54

1

1

–

–

–

–

416

199

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27

15

–

–

–

–

980

511

173

72

63

54

The following table shows the aggregate emoluments earned in the year ended 27 March 2016.

£’000

Executive

Trevor Mather

Sean Glithero

Non-Executive

Ed Williams

David Keens 4

Jill Easterbrook 5

Jeni Mundy 6

Victor A. Perry III 7

Tom Hall 7,8

Nick Hartman 7,8

Salary 
and fees

Benefits 1

Annual bonus

Long-term 
incentives 2

Pension 3

Total

525

290

170

65

46

4

49

–

–

1

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

787

377

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

26

14

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,339

682

170

65

46

4

49

–

–

 Benefits include: private healthcare, life assurance and income protection insurance.
 There were no long-term incentives eligible to vest in the year under review.
 Employer’s pension contributions of 5% of salary were paid in respect of Executive Directors. No Directors have a beneficial interest in a defined benefit scheme.

1 
2 
3 
4  Appointed 1 May 2015.
5  Appointed 1 July 2015.
6  Appointed 1 March 2016.
7  Resigned 7 March 2016.
8  Waived entitlement to receive a fee.

Annual bonus for the year ended 31 March 2017 
The targets applying to the annual bonus for the year ended 31 March 2017 were as follows:

12.5

12.5

Underlying operating profit
Level of audience share
Penetration of Managing products

75

The bonus targets for the financial year, as set by the Committee at the start of the year, together with performance against these, and 
resulting pay-outs are set out in detail opposite. The level of performance achieved resulted in an overall pay-out of 51.8% of the maximum, 
being £416,184 (77.7% out of a maximum 150%) for Trevor Mather and £199,240 (67.34% out of a maximum of 130% ) for Sean Glithero. 

Further information on the actual targets set, and our performance against them is provided opposite.

62

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Directors’ remuneration report continuedUnderlying operating profit (75% of total bonus)

Level of achievement

Threshold requirement

Target requirement

Stretch requirement

Actual achieved

Required/ 
actual result
£m

Pay-out under that 
element
%

195

205

213

20% (of the 75%)

50% (of the 75%)

100% (of the 75%)

207.2

63.7% of the 75%

Level of audience share (12.5% of total bonus)
Audience share targets were based on the number of months in the year that the Company’s audience share (based on the share of minutes 
compared to competitors’ websites) was in excess of 78% (representing the Company’s targeted level). Targets were set as follows, with a 
graduated scale operating between the threshold and stretch requirements:

Number of months where average audience share of minutes 
is more than 78% for that month

Threshold requirement: Less than 6 months

Stretch requirement: 10 months or above 

Actual achieved: Less than 6 out of 12 months more than 78%

Pay-out of audience 
share element

0% (of the 12.5%)

100% (of the 12.5%)

0% of the 12.5%

The level of audience share was determined by reference to comScore MMX. Due to changes in the comScore methodology and updates 
to the configuration of competitors’ websites, the threshold target was not achieved and no bonus will be paid to the Executive Directors 
in respect of this element of the bonus.

Penetration of Managing products (12.5% of total bonus)
This part of the bonus related to the number of retailer forecourts adopting Managing products.

Targets were set as follows, with a graduated scale operating between the threshold and stretch requirements:

Number of retailer forecourts introducing Managing Pillar

Threshold requirement: Less than 2,400

Stretch requirement: 3,000 or more

Actual achieved – 2,490

Pay-out of  
Managing element

0% (of the 12.5%)

100% (of the 12.5%)

32% of the 12.5%

In light of the Company’s performance during the year under review, the Committee was comfortable with the overall level of annual bonus 
pay-out.

Half of the bonus earned will be payable in shares, deferred for two years under the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (‘DABP’). The deferred shares 
will vest subject to continued employment, but there are no further performance targets.

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (Audited) 
Awards under the DABP were granted as nil cost options on 17 June 2016 in respect of the annual bonus for the year to 27 March 2016. 
The awards will normally be eligible to vest two years from grant based on continuous employment. The awards were as follows:

Executive Director

Trevor Mather

Sean Glithero

Number of 
DABP shares 
awarded

101,221 

48,457 

Proportion of 
annual bonus

50%

50%

Face value 
of awards at 
grant date 1

 £393,750 

 £188,500 

1 

 Face value calculated based on the closing mid-market price on the day before grant date.

Performance Share Plan (Audited) 
Awards under the PSP were granted as nil cost options on 17 June 2016 and will normally be eligible to vest three years from grant based 
on performance over the three years to 31 March 2019 and continuous employment. The awards were as follows:

Executive Director

Trevor Mather

Sean Glithero

Number 
of DABP shares 
awarded

275,321

114,061

Multiple 
of salary

200%

150%

Face/maximum 
value of awards 
at grant date 1

% award vesting 
at threshold
(% maximum)

Performance
period 2

£1,071,000

£443,700

25%

25%

Concludes 
31 March 2019

1 
2 

 Face/maximum value was calculated based on the closing mid-market price on the day before grant date. 
 The performance period for the Cumulative Underlying operating profit target and for the TSR target runs for three years from 1 April 2016.

63

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsThe performance conditions applying to the 2016 PSP awards are set out below. Each element will be assessed independently of the other:

Metric

Cumulative Underlying operating profit

Relative Total Shareholder Return

Percentage 
of total 
PSP awards

75%

25%

Cumulative Underlying operating profit
Cumulative Underlying operating profit is defined as the sum of the Group’s Underlying operating profit result over the three consecutive 
financial years ending on 31 March 2019. The actual range of Cumulative Underlying operating profit targets for the three years ended 
31 March 2019 that are applicable to the awards are as follows:

Cumulative Underlying operating 
profit performance achieved

Below £660m

Equal to £660m (threshold target)

Equal to or above £710m (stretch target)

Proportion of awards subject to Cumulative 
Underlying operating profit that vest

0%

25%

100%

Pro-rata between the threshold and stretch performance targets

Relative Total Shareholder Return
Performance is measured over the three financial years ending 31 March 2019. The TSR of the Company will be compared to that of the 
FTSE 250 Index (excluding Investment Trusts) over the performance period, and will vest according to the following schedule:

TSR performance relative to the FTSE 250 Index 
(excluding investment trusts)

Below Index TSR

Equal to Index TSR (threshold target)

Equal to Index TSR plus 25% or above (stretch target)

Proportion of awards 
subject to TSR that vest

0%

25%

100%

Pro-rata between the threshold and stretch performance targets

Performance graph and CEO remuneration table
The graph below illustrates the Company’s TSR performance relative to the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) 
of which the Company is a constituent, from the start of conditional share dealing on 18 March 2015. The graph shows performance of a 
hypothetical £100 invested and its performance over that period.

Total Shareholder Return

)
£
(
n
r
u
t
e
R
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

l

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

l

a
t
o
T

180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0

18 March 2015

27 March 2016

31 March 2017

Auto Trader Group plc

FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trusts)

Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters).

CEO remuneration
The table below sets out the CEO’s single figure of total remuneration together with the percentage of maximum annual bonus awarded 
over the same period.

CEO total remuneration (£’000)

Annual bonus (% of maximum)

Share award vesting (% of maximum)

1  From the date of Admission in March 2015.
2  Private Company when bonus plan implemented in 2015.
3 

 No awards were eligible to vest in respect of long-term performance ending in 2015, 2016 or 2017.

64

2017

980

51.8%

n/a 3

2016

1,339

100%

n/a 3

2015 1

20

n/a 2

n/a 3

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Directors’ remuneration report continued 
 
 
 
Percentage increase in the remuneration of the CEO 
The table below shows the average increase in each component between the CEO and the average employee in the Company from 
2016 to 2017.

Component

Salary

Benefits

Bonus

Change in remuneration levels

CEO

2%

0%

(47%)

Average 
employee

3%

0%

(42%)

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table shows the Group’s actual spend on pay for all employees compared to distributions to shareholders. The average number 
of employees has also been included for context. Revenue and Underlying operating profit have also been disclosed as these are two key 
measures of Group performance.

Employee costs 
(see note 5 to the consolidated financial statements)

Average number of employees 
(see note 5 to the consolidated financial statements)

Revenue 
(see Consolidated income statement)

Underlying operating profit 
(see page 28 for definition and reconciliation)

Dividends paid and proposed 
(see note 24 to the consolidated financial statements)

2017
£m

53.6

820

311.4

207.2

50.8

2016
£m

53.6

854

281.6

171.3

15.0

% 
change

(1)% 1

(4)%

9% 1

19% 1

239%

1  Adjusted for the impact of the additional days in 2017 – refer to the Financial review on page 26 for more detail.

Implementation of the remuneration policy for the year ending 31 March 2018
This section sets out how the Committee intends to implement the remuneration policy in the year ending 31 March 2018.

Base salary
The Executive Directors’ salaries were reviewed in early 2017 with the changes becoming effective from 1 April 2017, and will next be reviewed 
in early 2018, with any changes becoming effective from 1 April 2018. The following table sets out the new salaries effective 1 April 2017 
(financial year 2018) compared to those which applied in financial year 2017:

Trevor Mather

Sean Glithero

Nathan Coe 2

2  Appointed to the Board on 1 April 2017.

2018

£546,210

£301,716

£350,000

2017

£535,500

£295,800

–

Percentage
change

+2%

+2%

n/a

For context, the increase in the salary budget for 2018 for the overall employee group was set at 4% (inclusive of merit and promotional increases).

Pension and benefits
Executive Directors will continue to receive a pension contribution at the rate of 5% of base salary (in line with pensions offered to other 
employees), payable into the Company pension scheme or as a cash alternative. Ancillary benefits are provided in the form of private medical 
cover, life assurance and income protection insurance.

65

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsAnnual bonus
As described in the Policy Report, Trevor Mather’s maximum bonus opportunity is capped at 150% of base salary whilst Sean Glithero’s 
and Nathan Coe’s is capped at 130% of base salary. Half of any bonus earned will be payable in shares, deferred for two years under the DABP.

The metrics and their weightings for the year ending 31 March 2018 are:

Metric

Operating profit

Strategic objectives

Percentage of total bonus

75%

25%

As explained in the Financial review on page 28, from 2018 and beyond, the business will report against the statutory measure of Operating 
profit rather than the previous measure of Underlying operating profit. In relation to the financial target, a challenging graduated scale will 
operate set around the 2018 business plan. For achievement of the threshold target, 20% of this part of the bonus opportunity becomes 
payable with the maximum becoming payable for outperforming the 2018 business plan.

The strategic targets relate to two key performance objectives for 2018. These are growth in full page advert views during the year which will 
determine up to 12.5% of the total bonus opportunity, and new product initiatives (the adoption of Managing products) which will determine up 
to 12.5% of the total bonus opportunity. A financial underpin will apply to the strategic targets, such that no bonus will be payable if Operating 
profit does not exceed the £203.1m achieved in 2017.

The specific targets themselves are commercially sensitive, but the Committee intends to disclose them in the next Annual Report on 
Remuneration provided they are no longer considered to be commercially sensitive at that time.

Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)
The Committee’s policy is to award Executive Directors annual PSP awards. The Committee intends to grant awards in the current financial 
year to Trevor Mather at a level of 200% of salary and to Sean Glithero and Nathan Coe at a level of 150% of salary. The performance metrics 
and their weightings for the award remain unchanged (save from the change of financial metric to Operating profit) and are set out below:

Metric

Cumulative Operating profit

Relative Total Shareholder Return

Percentage of total PSP awards

75%

25%

Each element will be assessed independently of the other as detailed below.

Cumulative operating profit
Cumulative operating profit will be defined as the sum of the Group’s Operating profit result over the three consecutive financial years ending 
on 31 March 2020.

The Committee considered a number of factors when setting the range of targets including internal planning, market expectations for the 
future performance of the Company and market practice in terms of target setting across the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index. The actual 
range of targets is commercially sensitive, but the Committee intends to disclose them in the next Annual Report on Remuneration provided 
they are no longer considered to be commercially sensitive at that time. The awards will vest according to the following schedule:

Cumulative operating profit 
performance achieved

Below threshold

Equal to threshold

Stretch or above

Proportion of awards subject to 
Cumulative operating profit that vest

0%

25%

100%

Pro-rata between the threshold and stretch performance targets

Relative TSR
The performance condition applying to one quarter of PSP awards will be based on TSR performance over the three financial years ending 
31 March 2020.

The TSR of the Company will be compared to that of the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) over the performance period, 
and will vest according to the following schedule:

TSR performance relative to the FTSE 250 Index 
(excluding investment trusts)

Below Index TSR

Equal to Index TSR (threshold target)

Equal to Index TSR plus 25% or above (stretch target)

Proportion of awards 
subject to TSR that vest

0%

25%

100%

Pro-rata between threshold and stretch performance targets

Consistent with market practice, a three-month averaging period will normally apply for the purposes of calculating the start and end values 
for the purposes of measuring TSR.

Executive Directors will ordinarily be required to retain their net of tax number of vested shares delivered under the PSP for at least two years 
from the point of vesting.

66

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Directors’ remuneration report continuedFees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
The fees were reviewed in early 2017 and were increased by 2% with effect from 1 April 2017. The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ fees 
will next be reviewed in early 2018, with any increase becoming effective from 1 April 2018.

A summary of current fees is shown below:

Base fees

Chairman

Non-Executive Director

Additional fees

Senior Independent Director

Audit Committee Chairman

Remuneration Committee Chairman

2018

2017

Percentage
change

£176,868

£54,621

£173,400

£53,550

£9,364

£9,364

£9,364

£9,180

£9,180

£9,180

+2%

+2%

+2%

+2%

+2%

There is no additional fee payable to the Chairman of the Nomination Committee.

All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company for an initial period of three years, subject to annual re-appointment 
at the AGM. Appointment is terminable on six months’ written notice. The appointment letters for the Non-Executive Directors provide that no 
compensation is payable upon termination of employment. Letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s registered 
office. Details of the appointment terms of the Non-Executive Directors are as follows:

Ed Williams

David Keens

Jill Easterbrook

Jeni Mundy

Start of current term

Expiry of current term

6 March 2015

1 May 2015

1 July 2015

5 March 2018

30 April 2018

30 June 2018

1 March 2016

28 February 2019

Directors’ shareholding and share interests (Audited)
The Group has adopted shareholding guidelines in order to encourage Executive Directors to maintain a shareholding in the Company 
equivalent in value to 200% of salary for Trevor Mather and 150% of salary for Sean Glithero and Nathan Coe. If an Executive does not meet the 
guideline, they will be expected to retain at least half of the net shares vesting under the Company’s discretionary share-based employee 
incentive schemes until the guideline is met. All Executive Directors currently hold well in excess of this limit.

The table below sets out the number of shares held or potentially held by Directors (including their connected persons where relevant)  
as at 31 March 2017.

Director

Executive Directors

Trevor Mather

Sean Glithero

Non-Executive Directors

Ed Williams

Jill Easterbrook

David Keens

Jeni Mundy

Number of 
awards held 
under the PSP 
conditional on 
performance

Number of awards 
held under the 
DABP conditional 
on continued 
employment

Target 
shareholding 
guideline (as a 
% of salary)

Percentage of 
salary held in 
shares as at 31 
March 20172

Benefically 
owned shares 1

12,000,000

2,997,581

722,129

299,167

101,221

48,457

6,875,444

–

25,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

200%

150%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Includes shares owned by connected persons. Only beneficially owned shares count towards the shareholding guideline.

1 
2  Based on mid-market price at close of business on 31 March 2017.

Trevor Mather

No. of shares/ 
options at 
28 March 
2016

Shares/ 
options 
granted in 
the year

Shares/ 
options 
lapsed in 
the year

Options 
exercised in 
the year

No. of shares/ 
options at 
31 March 
2017

Date of 
grant

Date 
from which 
exercisable

Expiry date

Exercise 
price

446,808

–

–

–

275,321

101,221

446,808

376,542

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

446,808

19/6/2015

19/6/2018

19/6/2025

275,321

17/6/2016

17/6/2019

17/6/2026

101,221

17/6/2016

17/6/2018

17/6/2026

Nil

Nil

Nil

823,350

Scheme

PSP

PSP

DABP

Total

8,791%

3,975%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Market 
price on 
exercise 
date

n/a

n/a

n/a

67

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsSean Glithero

No. of shares/ 
options at 
28 March 
2016

Shares/ 
options 
granted in 
the year

Shares/ 
options 
lapsed in 
the year

Options 
exercised in 
the year

No. of shares/ 
options at 
31 March 
2017

Date of 
grant

Date 
from which 
exercisable

Expiry date

Exercise 
price

185,106

–

–

–

114,061

48,457

185,106

162,518

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

185,106

19/6/2015

19/6/2018

19/6/2025

114,061

17/6/2016

17/6/2019

17/6/2026

48,457

17/6/2016

17/6/2018

17/6/2026

Nil

Nil

Nil

347,624

Market 
price on 
exercise 
date

n/a

n/a

n/a

Scheme

PSP

PSP

DABP

Total

External directorships
None of the Executive Directors hold any external directorships.

Membership of the Committee
Jill Easterbrook is the Committee Chairman, and its other members are David Keens and Jeni Mundy. Refer to page 60 for further details 
of the membership of the Committee, the Terms of Reference, the meetings held and activities during the year.

External advisors
New Bridge Street (‘NBS’), part of Aon plc, provides independent advice to, and was appointed by, the Committee. NBS was selected by the 
Committee due to its extensive experience of advising listed companies with respect to remuneration. The Committee seeks advice relating 
to the remuneration of Executive Directors, the wider senior management population and Non-Executive Directors’ fees from NBS. NBS does 
not provide any other services to the Company. Aon currently provides actuarial, valuation and administration services in relation to the 
defined benefit pension scheme of the Company.

The Committee is satisfied that the advice received by NBS in relation to remuneration matters during the year was objective and 
independent. Terms of engagement are available on request from the Company Secretary. NBS is a member of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group and abides by the Remuneration Consultants Group Code of Conduct, which requires its advice to be objective and impartial. The fees 
payable to NBS for providing advice in relation to executive remuneration over the financial year under review were approximately £41,500, 
charged on a time-spent basis.

Statement of shareholder voting
At the AGM in 2015 we sought binding shareholder approval for the Remuneration Policy Report. At the AGM in September 2016, we sought 
advisory shareholder approval for the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Number of votes cast

% of votes cast

797,281,130

14,637,737

811,918,867

7,139,212

98.20

1.80

Number of votes cast

% of votes cast

779,343,590

10,617,266

789,960,856

53,529

98.66

1.34

The voting outcomes were as follows:

2015 AGM: Remuneration policy (binding)

Votes for

Votes against

Total votes cast (excluding abstentions)

Abstentions

2016 AGM: Annual Report on Remuneration (advisory)

Votes for

Votes against

Total votes cast (excluding abstentions)

Abstentions

Approval
This Directors’ remuneration report has been approved by the Board of Directors.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors.

Jill Easterbrook
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
8 June 2017

68

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Directors’ remuneration report continuedAppendix: Summary remuneration policy

This part of the Directors’ remuneration report sets out a summary of the full remuneration policy report that was approved by shareholders 
in September 2015.

For the full report, please refer to the 2015 Directors’ remuneration report available on our website at about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors

Policy overview
On Admission in March 2015, a new remuneration policy was adopted by the Committee. This policy is structured so as to ensure that the main 
elements of remuneration are linked to Company strategy, in line with best practice and aligned with shareholders’ interests.

The policy is designed to reward Executive Directors by offering competitive remuneration packages, which are prudently constructed, 
sufficiently stretching and linked to long-term profitability. In promoting these objectives, the policy aims to be simple in design, transparent 
and structured so as to adhere to the principles of good corporate governance and appropriate risk management.

A further aim of the remuneration policy is to encourage a culture of share ownership by colleagues throughout the Company, and in support 
of this we have put in place both a SIP, under which an award of free shares to commemorate the Listing was granted, and an SAYE scheme.

The remuneration policy for Executive Directors
Our policy is designed to offer competitive, but not excessive, remuneration structured so that there is a significant weighting towards 
performance-based elements. A significant proportion of our variable pay is delivered in shares with deferral and holding periods being 
mandatory, and with appropriate recovery and withholding provisions in place to safeguard against overpayments in the event of certain 
negative events occurring. The table below provides a full summary of the policy elements for the Executive Directors.

Purpose and
link to strategy

Operation and
performance conditions

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
assessment

Element

Salary

To recruit 
and reward 
executives of 
high calibre.

Recognises 
individual’s 
experience, 
responsibility 
and 
performance.

Salaries are normally reviewed annually 
with changes effective from 1 April.

Salary reviews will consider:
 – personal performance;
 – Company performance;
 – individual’s experience; and
 – increases elsewhere in the Company.

Periodic account of practice in comparable 
companies in terms of size and complexity 
will be taken (e.g. the constituents of the 
FTSE 250 Index).

The Committee considers the impact of any 
salary increase on the total remuneration 
package.

Benefits

To provide 
competitive 
benefits to 
ensure the 
wellbeing of 
employees.

Executive Directors are entitled to 
the following benefits:
 – life assurance;
 – income protection insurance; and
 – private medical insurance.

Executive Directors are also eligible to 
participate in all-employee share schemes 
on the same basis as other staff.

The Committee reviews 
the salaries of Executive 
Directors each year taking 
due account of all the 
factors described in how 
the salary policy operates.

N/A

There is no prescribed 
maximum. However, the 
Committee is guided by 
the average annual increase 
of the workforce. Higher 
increases (in percentage 
of salary terms) may be 
awarded at the discretion 
of the Committee, for 
example (but not limited to): 
in relation to the change in 
size, scale or scope of an 
individual’s role, following 
the appointment of a new 
executive to bring that 
executive’s package in line 
with market over a number 
of years.

The value of benefits is not 
capped as it is determined 
by the insurance cost to the 
Company which may vary. 
However, the nature of the 
benefits is expected to 
remain unchanged.

Pension

To provide 
retirement 
benefits for 
employees.

Directors are eligible to receive employer 
contributions to the Company’s pension plan 
(which is a defined contribution plan) or a 
salary supplement in lieu of pension benefits.

5% of salary p.a.

N/A

69

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsFinancial measures 
will normally represent 
the majority of bonus, 
with clearly defined 
non-financial targets 
representing the balance 
(if any).

With regards to financial 
targets, not more than 20% 
of this part of the bonus will 
be payable for achieving the 
relevant threshold hurdle.

Where non-financial targets 
operate, it may not always 
be practicable to set targets 
on a graduated scale, where 
these operate not more than 
33% will be payable for 
achieving the threshold 
target.

Measures and weightings 
may change each year to 
reflect any year-on-year 
changes to business 
priorities.

A blend of performance 
metrics, including financial 
and total shareholder return, 
will be used. Financial 
metrics will comprise a 
majority of the awards.

The metrics and weightings 
for each award will be set 
out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. The actual 
targets will be set out unless 
they are considered to be 
commercially sensitive.

No more than 25% of the 
award vests for achieving 
threshold performance.

100% of the award vests 
for achieving maximum 
performance.

Element

Annual 
bonus 1,2,3

Purpose and
link to strategy

Operation and
performance conditions

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
assessment

To incentivise 
and reward the 
achievement of 
annual financial 
and operational 
objectives 
which are 
closely linked 
to the 
corporate 
strategy.

The annual bonus is based predominantly 
on stretching financial and operational 
objectives as set at the beginning of the year 
and assessed by the Committee following 
the year end.

Half of any bonus earned is subject to deferral 
in shares under the Deferred Annual Bonus 
Plan (‘DABP’), typically for a period of two 
years. The deferred shares will vest subject 
to continued employment, but there are no 
further performance targets.

The CEO’s bonus is capped 
at 150% of salary and the 
CFO’s is capped at 130% 
of salary annually.

Performance 
Share Plan 
(‘PSP’)1,2,4

To incentivise 
and recognise 
successful 
execution of 
the business 
strategy over 
the longer 
term.

To align the 
long-term 
interests of 
Executives 
with those of 
shareholders.

A dividend equivalent provision allows 
the Committee to pay dividends, at the 
Committee’s discretion, on vested shares 
(in cash or shares) at the time of vesting and 
may assume the reinvestment of dividends 
on a cumulative basis.

Recovery and withholding provisions apply 
as described in footnote 1. These provisions 
apply in the event of material misstatement 
of results, an error in the calculation of bonus 
outcome or in instances of individual 
gross misconduct.

Participation in the bonus plan, and all bonus 
payments, are at the discretion of the 
Committee.

Awards will normally be made annually under 
the PSP, and will take the form of nil-cost 
options or conditional share awards. 
Participation and individual award levels 
will be determined at the discretion of the 
Committee within the policy.

Awards normally vest after three years 
subject to the extent to which the 
performance conditions specified for the 
awards are satisfied, and continued service.

Recovery and withholding provisions apply 
as described in footnote 1. These provisions 
apply in the event of material misstatement 
of results, an error in the calculation of a 
vesting result or in instances of individual 
gross misconduct.

As a minimum, Executive Directors will 
ordinarily be required to retain their net of 
tax number of vested shares delivered under 
the PSP for at least two years from the point 
of vesting 5.

A dividend equivalent provision allows 
the Committee to pay dividends, at the 
Committee’s discretion, on vested shares 
(in cash or shares) at the time of vesting and 
may assume the reinvestment of dividends 
on a cumulative basis.

Normal maximum of 200% 
of salary.

Exceptional circumstances 
maximum of 300% of salary.

All-employee 
Share Plans: 
SIP & SAYE6

To encourage 
Group-wide 
equity 
ownership 
across all 
employees, 
and create a 
culture of 
ownership.

The Company has adopted two all-employee 
tax advantaged plans, namely a savings 
related share option scheme (‘SAYE’) and a 
Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) for the benefit of 
Group employees.

The operation of these plans will be at the 
discretion of the Committee and Executive 
Directors will be eligible to participate on 
a consistent basis to other employees.

Maximum permitted savings 
based on HMRC limits from 
time to time.

N/A

70

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Directors’ remuneration report continuedElement

Share 
ownership 
guidelines

Purpose and
link to strategy

Operation and
performance conditions

Maximum 
opportunity

To increase 
alignment 
between 
executives and 
shareholders.

Executive Directors are required to build and 
maintain a holding of shares in the Company. 
This is to be built through retaining a minimum 
of 50% of the net of tax vested PSP and DABP 
shares, until the guideline level is met.

At least 200% of salary for 
the CEO and at least 150% of 
salary for the CFO, or such 
higher level as the 
Committee may determine 
from time to time.

Performance 
assessment

N/A

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 
7 

 Recovery and withholding provisions apply to variable pay, to enable the Company to recover amounts paid under the annual bonus and PSP in the event of the 
following negative events occurring within three years of the payment date: a material misstatement or restatement to the audited financial statements or other 
data; an error in the calculation leading to over-payment of bonus; or individual gross misconduct. Should such an event be suspected, there will be a further 
two years in which the Committee may investigate the event. The amount to be recovered would generally be the excess payment over the amount which would 
otherwise be paid, and recovery may be satisfied in a variety of ways, including through the reduction of outstanding deferred awards, reduction of the next bonus 
or PSP vesting and seeking a cash repayment.
 In order to ensure that the remuneration policy is capable of achieving its intended aims, the Committee retains certain discretions over the operation of the 
variable pay policy. These include the ability to vary the operation of the plans in certain circumstances (such as a change of control, rights issue, corporate 
restructuring events or special dividend) including the timing and determination of pay-outs/vesting, and making appropriate adjustments to performance targets 
as necessary to ensure that performance conditions remain appropriate. However, it should be noted that in the event that the measures or targets are varied for 
outstanding awards in the light of a corporate event, the revised targets may not be materially less difficult to satisfy. Should these discretions be used, they would 
be explained in the Annual Report on Remuneration and may be subject to consultation with shareholders as appropriate.
 Annual bonus performance measures are selected annually to reflect the Group’s key strategic initiatives for the year and reflect both financial and non-financial 
objectives. A majority weighting is placed on financial performance, including a significant element being based on profit-based metrics, ensuring that pay-outs 
are closely linked to Company growth.
 The use of a combination of internal financial performance and total shareholder return measures within the PSP is designed to ensure that rewards are linked 
to long-term shareholder value creation. The financial metrics chosen will be the measure or measures considered by the Committee at the time of each grant 
to be most likely to support the Company’s long-term growth strategy. The use of TSR aligns with the Company’s focus on shareholder value creation and rewards 
management for outperformance of sector peers.
 In exceptional circumstances, the Committee may in its discretion allow participants to sell, transfer, assign or dispose of some or all of these shares before 
the end of the holding period.
 Although eligible, the Executive Directors opted out of the offer of Free Shares made to all employees in April 2015.
 A description of how the Company intends to implement the policy set out in this table for 2018 is set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Service contracts and policy for payments on loss of office
The service contracts for the Executive Directors are terminable by either the Company or the Executive Director on 12 months’ notice 
and make provision for early termination by way of payment of a cash sum equal to 12 months’ salary, and pension.

Payment in lieu of notice can be paid either as a lump sum or in equal monthly instalments over the notice period, with mitigation. 
The Committee will consider the particular circumstances of each leaver on an individual basis and retains flexibility as to at what point, 
and the extent to which, payments are reduced.

At the discretion of the Committee, a contribution to reasonable outplacement costs in the event of termination of employment due to 
redundancy may also be made. A payment to the value of 12 months’ contractual benefits may also be made. The Committee also retains the 
ability to reimburse reasonable legal costs incurred in connection with a termination of employment and may make a payment for any statutory 
entitlements or to settle or compromise claims in connection with a termination of any existing or future Executive Director as necessary.

Relevant details will be provided in the Annual Report on Remuneration should such circumstances apply.

In summary, the contractual provisions on termination where the Company elects to make a payment in lieu of notice are as follows:

Provision

Notice period

Termination payments 
over the notice period

Change of control

Detailed terms

12 months by either party.

 – 100% of salary.
 – 5% in respect of pension contributions.

There are no enhanced provisions on a change of control.

The Executive Directors are subject to annual reappointment at the AGM.

Service contracts are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.

Annual bonus on termination
There is no automatic or contractual right to bonus payment. At the discretion of the Committee, for certain leavers, a pro-rata bonus may 
become payable at the normal payment date for the period of employment and based on full-year performance. Should the Committee 
decide to make a payment in such circumstances, the rationale would be fully disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

71

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsPSP on termination
Share-based awards are outside of service contracts.

Normally, PSP awards will lapse upon a participant ceasing to hold employment. However, under the Rules of the PSP, in certain prescribed 
circumstances (namely, death, sale of employing company from the business or otherwise at the discretion of the Committee), ‘good leaver’ 
status can be applied. In exercising its discretion as to whether an Executive Director should be treated as a good leaver the Committee will 
take into account the performance of the individual and the reasons for their departure and, in the event of this determination being made, 
will set out its rationale in the following Annual Report on Remuneration.

The extent to which PSP awards will vest in good leaver circumstances will depend on:

 – the extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied at the relevant time; and

 – the pro-rating of the award determined by the period of time served in employment during the vesting period.

In such circumstances, PSP awards will usually vest on the normal vesting date. The Committee retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate 
time pro-rating, if it regards it to be appropriate in particular circumstances. However, if the time pro-rating is varied from the default position 
under the PSP Rules, an explanation will be set out in the following Annual Report on Remuneration. For the avoidance of doubt, the application 
of the performance condition may not be waived, although the Committee may at its discretion alter the date to which performance is 
measured (e.g. to the date of cessation of employment as opposed to over the full performance period).

Approach to recruitment and promotions
The recruitment package for a new Director would be set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s approved remuneration policy. 
Currently, this would include an annual bonus opportunity of up to 150% of salary and policy PSP award of up to 200% of salary (other than in 
exceptional circumstances where up to 300% of salary may be made).

On recruitment, salary may (but need not necessarily) be set at a level below the normal market rate, with phased increases greater than those 
received by others as the executive gains experience. The rate of salary should be set so as to reflect the individual’s experience and skills.

The Committee recognises that it may be necessary in some circumstances to compensate for amounts foregone from a previous employer 
(using Listing Rule 9.4.2). Any such compensatory award would be limited to what is felt to be a fair estimate of the value of remuneration foregone 
taking into account the value of the award, the extent to which performance conditions apply, the form of award and the time left to vesting.

For an internal appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of their prior role would normally be allowed to pay out according 
to its outstanding terms. In addition, any other ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment may continue, provided that, 
if they are outside the approved policy, they are put to shareholders for approval at the earliest opportunity.

For all appointments, the Committee may agree that the Company will meet certain appropriate relocation costs.

Policy on external appointments
Subject to Board approval, Executive Directors are permitted to take on one non-executive position with another company and to retain their 
fees in respect of such position. Details of outside directorships held by the Executive Directors and any fees that they received are provided 
in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

The remuneration policy for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts with the Company, but instead have letters of appointment.

Element

Fees

Purpose and
link to strategy

Operation

To attract 
and retain 
a high-calibre 
Chairman and 
Non-Executive 
Directors 
by offering 
a market 
competitive 
fee level.

Fees are reviewed periodically and approved by the Board (or, in the case 
of the Chairman, by the Remuneration Committee), with Non-Executive 
Directors abstaining from any discussion in relation to their fees. Both the 
Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are paid annual fees and do not 
participate in any of the Company’s incentive arrangements, or receive 
any pension provision or other benefits.

The Chairman receives a single fee covering all of his duties.

The Non-Executive Directors receive a basic Board fee, with additional fees 
payable for chairing the Audit and Remuneration Committees and for 
performing the Senior Independent Director role.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors shall be entitled to have 
reimbursed all expenses that they reasonably incur in the performance 
of their duties.

Maximum 
opportunity

There is no prescribed 
maximum annual increase 
nor is there a cap on fees.

The fee levels are reviewed 
on a periodic basis, with 
reference to the time 
commitment of the role and 
market levels in companies 
of comparable size and 
complexity.

Letters of appointment
All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company for an initial period of three years, subject to annual re-appointment 
at the AGM. Appointment is terminable on six months’ written notice. The appointment letters for the Non-Executive Directors provide that no 
compensation is payable upon termination of employment.

Letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.

Approach to recruitment
For the appointment of a new Chairman or Non-Executive Director, the fee arrangement would be set in accordance with the approved 
remuneration policy in force at that time.

72

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Directors’ remuneration report continuedDirectors’ report

The Directors have pleasure in submitting 
their Report and the audited financial 
statements of Auto Trader Group plc (the 
‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (together the 
‘Group’) for the financial year to 31 March 2017.

Statutory information
Information required to be part of the Directors’ report can be found 
elsewhere in this document, as indicated in the table below and is 
incorporated into this Report by reference:

Section of Annual Report

Page reference

Employee involvement

Employees with disabilities

Financial instruments

Future developments 
of the business

Greenhouse gas emissions

Strategic report; corporate 
social responsibility (page 39)

Strategic report; corporate 
social responsibility (page 43)

Note 2 to the consolidated 
financial statements

Strategic report 
(pages 2 to 43)

Strategic report; corporate 
social responsibility (page 42)

Information required by LR 9.8
Information required to be included in the Annual Financial Report by 
LR 9.8 can be found in this document as indicated in the table below:

Section of Annual Report

Page reference

Allotment of shares 
during the year

Directors’ interests

Note 22 to the consolidated 
financial statements

Remuneration report (page 67)

Significant shareholders

Directors’ report (page 74)

Going concern

Long-term incentive 
schemes

Powers for the Company 
to buy back its shares

Risk management (page 32)

Directors’ remuneration report 
(pages 62 to 68)

Directors’ report (page 73)

Significant contracts

Directors’ report (page 74)

Significant related party 
agreements

Statement of corporate 
governance

Directors’ report (page 74)

Corporate governance 
statement (pages 44 to 72)

Management report
This Directors’ report, on pages 73 to 75, together with the Strategic 
report on pages 2 to 43, form the Management Report for the 
purposes of DTR 4.1.5R.

The Strategic report
The Strategic report, which can be found on pages 2 to 43, sets 
out the Group’s strategy, objectives and business model; the 
development, performance and position of the Group’s business 
(including financial and operating key performance indicators); 
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties; and the 
main trends and factors likely to affect the future development, 
performance and position of the Group’s business.

UK Corporate Governance Code
The Company’s statement on corporate governance can be found in 
the Corporate governance statement, the Report of the Nomination 
Committee, the Report of the Audit Committee and the Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 44 to 72, all of which form part of this 
Directors’ report and are incorporated into it by reference.

2017 Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) will be held at 10.00 am on 
21 September 2017 at the Company’s registered office at 4th Floor, 1 
Tony Wilson Place, Manchester, M15 4FN. The Notice of Meeting sets 
out the resolutions to be proposed and specifies the deadlines for 
exercising voting rights and appointing a proxy or proxies to vote in 
relation to resolutions to be passed at the AGM. All proxy votes will 
be counted and the numbers for, against or withheld in relation to 
each resolution will be announced at the AGM and published on 
the Company’s website.

Board of Directors
The following individuals were Directors of the Company for the 
whole of the financial year ending 31 March 2017, and to the date 
of approving this report unless otherwise stated:

 – Ed Williams

 – Trevor Mather

 – Sean Glithero

 – David Keens

 – Jill Easterbrook

 – Jeni Mundy

Nathan Coe was appointed as a Director on 1 April 2017. All Directors 
will stand for election or re-election at the 2017 AGM in line with the 
recommendations of the Code.

Appointment and replacement of Directors
At each Annual General Meeting each Director then in office shall 
retire from office with effect from the conclusion of the meeting. 
When a Director retires at an Annual General Meeting in accordance 
with the Articles of Association of the Company, the Company may, 
by ordinary resolution at the meeting, fill the office being vacated by 
re-electing the retiring Director. In the absence of such a resolution, 
the retiring Director shall nevertheless be deemed to have been 
re-elected, except in the cases identified by the Articles.

Results and dividends
The Group’s and Company’s audited financial statements for the year 
are set out on pages 79 to 122.

The Company declared an interim dividend on 10 November 2016 
of 1.7 pence per share which was paid on 27 January 2017.

The Directors recommend payment of a final dividend of 3.5 pence 
per share (2016: 1.0 pence per share) to be paid on 29 September 2017 
to shareholders on the register of members at 1 September 2017, 
subject to approval at the 2017 AGM.

Amendment of the Articles
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended 
by a special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. 
No amendments are proposed to be made to the existing Articles 
of Association at the forthcoming AGM.

Authority to allot shares
Under the 2006 Act, the Directors may only allot shares if authorised 
to do so by shareholders in a general meeting. The authority 
conferred on the Directors at the 2016 AGM under section 551 of the 
2006 Act expires on the date of the forthcoming AGM, and ordinary 
resolution 13 seeks a new authority to allow the Directors to allot 
ordinary shares up to a maximum nominal amount of £6,498,786 
(649,878,622 shares, representing approximately two thirds of the 
Company’s existing share capital at 8 June 2017), of which 324,890,572 
shares (representing approximately one third of the Company’s 
issued ordinary share capital) can only be allotted pursuant to a rights 
issue. The Directors have no present intention of exercising this 
authority which will expire at the conclusion of the AGM in 2018 
or 20 December 2018 if earlier.

Authority to purchase own shares
The Company commenced a share buyback programme during 
the year. By resolutions passed at the 2016 AGM the Company was 
authorised to make market purchases of up to 99,905,974 of its 

73

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsordinary shares, subject to minimum and maximum price restrictions. 
A total of 26,292,510 ordinary shares of £0.01 each were purchased in 
the year to 31 March 2017, being 2.63% of the shares in issue at the time 
the authority was granted. The average price paid per share was 
387.9p with a total consideration paid (inclusive of all costs) of 
£102.6 million. 4,211,957 shares were purchased to be held in treasury 
with the remainder having been cancelled. The Directors will seek 
authority from shareholders at the forthcoming AGM for the 
Company to purchase, in the market, up to a maximum of 10% of its 
own ordinary shares (excluding shares held in treasury) either to be 
cancelled or retained as treasury shares.

Share capital and control
The Company’s issued share capital comprises ordinary shares 
of £0.01 each which are listed on the London Stock Exchange 
(LSE: AUTO.L). The ISIN of the shares is GB00BVYVFW23.

The issued share capital of the Company as at 31 March 2017 and 
8 June 2017, comprises 978,971,146 of £0.01 each. 4,203,277 shares are 
held in treasury. Further information regarding the Company’s issued 
share capital and details of the movements in issued share capital 
during the year are provided in note 22 to the Group’s financial 
statements. All the information detailed in note 22 forms part of 
this Directors’ report and is incorporated into it by reference.

Details of employee share schemes are provided in note 26 to the 
Group financial statements.

Rights attaching to shares
All shares have the same rights (including voting and dividend rights 
and rights on a return of capital) and restrictions as set out in the 
Articles, described below. Except in relation to dividends which 
have been declared and rights on a liquidation of the Company, the 
shareholders have no rights to share in the profits of the Company. 
The Company’s shares are not redeemable. However, following any 
grant of authority from shareholders, the Company may purchase or 
contract to purchase any of the shares on or off market, subject to 
the Companies Act 2006 and the requirements of the Listing Rules.

No shareholder holds shares in the Company which carry special 
rights with regard to control of the Company. There are no shares 
relating to an employee share scheme which have rights with regard 
to control of the Company that are not exercisable directly and solely 
by the employees, other than in the case of the Auto Trader Group 
Share Incentive Plan, where share interests of a participant in such 
scheme can be exercised by the personal representatives of a 
deceased participant in accordance with the Scheme rules.

Voting rights
Each ordinary share entitles the holder to vote at general meetings 
of the Company. A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be 
decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded. On a show 
of hands, every member who is present in person or by proxy at a 
general meeting of the Company shall have one vote. On a poll, every 
member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for 
every share of which they are a holder. The Articles provide a deadline 
for submission of proxy forms of not than less than 48 hours before 
the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or adjourned 
meeting. No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting 
either in person or by proxy, in respect of any share held by him, unless 
all amounts presently payable by him in respect of that share have 
been paid. Save as noted, there are no restrictions on voting rights 
nor any agreement that may result in such restrictions.

Restrictions on transfer of securities
The Articles do not contain any restrictions on the transfer of ordinary 
shares in the Company other than the usual restrictions applicable 
where any amount is unpaid on a share. Certain restrictions are also 
imposed by laws and regulations (such as insider trading and 
marketing requirements relating to close periods) and requirements 
of the Company’s share dealing code whereby Directors and certain 
employees of the Company require approval to deal in the 
Company’s securities.

74

Change of control
Save in respect of a provision of the Company’s share schemes which 
may cause options and awards granted to employees under such 
schemes to vest on takeover, there are no agreements between the 
Company and its Directors or employees providing for compensation 
for loss of office or employment (whether through resignation, 
purported redundancy or otherwise) because of a takeover bid.

Significant contracts
The only significant agreements to which the Company is a party that 
take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company 
following a takeover bid, and the effect thereof, are the Term Loan and 
Revolving Credit Facility agreements, which contain customary 
prepayment, cancellation and default provisions including, if required 
by a lender, mandatory prepayment of all utilisations provided by that 
lender upon the sale of all or substantially all of the business and assets 
of the Group or a change of control.

Interests in voting rights
At the year end the Company had been notified, in accordance 
with Chapter 5 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules, of the following significant interests in the issued 
ordinary share capital of the Company:

At 31 March 2017

At 8 June 2017

Number 
of ordinary 
shares/voting 
rights notified

Percentage 
of voting 
rights over 
ordinary 
shares of 
£0.01 each

Number 
of ordinary 
shares/voting 
rights notified

Percentage 
of voting 
rights over 
ordinary 
shares of 
£0.01 each

Shareholder

Blackrock Inc.

107,192,743

10.99%

107,294,221

11.00%

CI Investments 
Inc.

39,159,255

4.02%

38,505,377

3.93%

Transactions with related parties
There were no related party transactions in the year, other than 
compensation paid to Directors and Key Management as disclosed 
in note 6 to the Group financial statements.

Research and development
Innovation, specifically in software, is a critical element of 
Auto Trader’s strategy and therefore of the future success of 
the Group. Accordingly, the majority of the Group’s research and 
development expenditure is predominantly related to this area. 
Since 30 September 2013, the Group has changed its approach to 
technology development such that the Group now develops its core 
infrastructure through small-scale, maintenance-like incremental 
improvements, and as a result the amount of capitalised 
development costs has decreased as less expenditure meets 
the requirements of IAS 38 Intangible assets.

Indemnities and insurance
The Company maintains appropriate insurance to cover Directors’ 
and officers’ liability for itself and its subsidiaries and such insurance 
was in force for the whole of the financial year ending 31 March 2017. 
The Company also indemnifies the Directors under a qualifying 
indemnity for the purposes of section 236 of the Companies Act 
2006: in the case of the Non-Executive Directors in their respective 
letters of appointment and in the case of the Executive Directors in a 
separate deed of indemnity. Such indemnities contain provisions that 
are permitted by the Director Liability provisions of the Companies 
Act and the Company’s Articles.

Environmental
Information on the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions is set out in 
the Corporate Social Responsibility section on page 42 and forms 
part of this report by reference.

Political donations
There were no political donations made during the year or the 
previous year.

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Directors' report continuedThe Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and 
to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance 
Statement that complies with that law and those regulations

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of the annual 
financial report 
The Directors confirm, to the best of their knowledge:

 – the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and

 – the Strategic report includes a fair review of the development 

and performance of the business and the position of the issuer and 
the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Approval of Annual Report
The Strategic report and the Corporate governance report were 
approved by the Board on 8 June 2017.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf.

Claire Baty
Company Secretary 
8 June 2017

Post balance sheet events
On 25 April 2017, Auto Trader Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, 
acquired 100% of the share capital of Motor Trade Delivery Limited 
(‘MTD’) for an undisclosed sum. MTD revenues and profits for their last 
financial year end were less than 1% of the revenue and profits of the 
Group. The acquisition accounting has not yet been concluded as of 
the date of this report.

External branches
The Group had no active registered external branches during the 
reporting period.

Financial instruments
Details of the financial risk management objectives and policies 
of the Group, including hedging policies and exposure of the entity 
to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow risk, are given in 
note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

Disclosure of information to auditors
Each of the Directors has confirmed that:

 – so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information 

of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

 – the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken 

as a Director to make him/herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware 
of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual 
Report and the Financial Statements 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
the Group and parent company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company 
financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) 
as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’), and have elected to prepare 
the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK 
Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 102 
The Financial Reporting Standard Applicable in the UK and Republic 
of Ireland (FRS 102) . 

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of the 
profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and 
parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 – select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

 – make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent;

 – for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been 

prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU;

 – for the parent company financial statements, state whether 

applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the parent 
company financial statements; and

 – prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 

it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the parent 
company will continue in business.

75

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Strategic report / Governance / Financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report to the members  
of Auto Trader Group plc only

Opinions and conclusions arising from our audit

1  Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Auto Trader Group plc 
for the year ended 31 March 2017 set out on pages 79 to 122. 
In our opinion:

 – the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of 

the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2017 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

 – the Group financial statements have been properly prepared 

in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as adopted by the European Union;

 – the parent company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with UK Accounting Standards, including 
FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland’; and

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

Overview

Materiality: 
Group financial  
statements as a whole

Coverage

£8.0m

4.1% of Group profit before tax

100% of Group profit before tax

Risks of material misstatement 

Recurring risks

Revenue recognition

2  Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements, the risk of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit 
was as follows:

The risk

Our response

Revenue recognition
(£311.4 million; 
2016: £281.6 million)

Refer to page 57 
(Audit Committee 
Report), page 86 
(accounting policy) 
and page 94 (financial 
disclosures).

Accounting application 
Revenue primarily consists of fees for advertising 
on the Group’s website and web-related 
activities, along with retailer website build 
and hosting subscription fees, maintenance 
contracts and other subscription fees. 

There are a large variety of packages available and 
customers are able to tailor the combination of 
products they receive. Given the large volume of 
non-homogenous transactions, we consider 
there to be a significant risk in relation to the 
application of the revenue recognition policy. 

Our procedures included: 
– 

 Control design: Assessing the design and implementation  
of the revenue recognition process; 

—   Test of details: Matching sales information from the 

Singleview and OLA systems to the nominal ledger to obtain 
evidence over completeness of revenue. Agreeing revenue 
recognised by transaction for the entire population to cash 
receipts to obtain evidence over existence and accuracy  
of revenue;

—   Expectation vs actual: For customers with bespoke 

contracts, obtaining contracts and forming an expectation 
of the revenue to be recognised in the period. We assessed 
whether the actual revenue was in line with our expectation;

—   Test of details: Assessing whether revenue has been 

recognised in the correct period by selecting a sample of 
transactions within two weeks either side of the year end and 
assessing whether the revenue has been recorded correctly 
with reference to the timing of the service being received; and

—   Test of details: Assessing the existence of revenue by 

inspecting a sample of credit notes raised in the year and 
post year end.

76

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20173  Our application of materiality and an overview 
of the scope of our audit
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set 
at £8.0m, determined with reference to a benchmark of Group profit 
before tax of £193.4m, of which it represents 4.1%.

We reported to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected 
identified misstatements exceeding £0.4m, in addition to other 
identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative 
grounds.

Of the Group’s 4 reporting components, we subjected 4 to full scope 
audits for Group purposes, all of which were performed by the Group 
audit team.

The components within the scope of our work accounted for the 
percentages illustrated below.

Profit before tax
£193.4m (2016: £155.0m)

Materiality
£8.0m

£8.0m
Whole financial
statements materiality

£7.5m
Range of materiality at 
4 components (£0.1m–£7.5m) 

£0.4m
Misstatements reported
to the Audit Committee

Profit before tax
Group materiality

Group revenue
%

Group profit before tax
%

100%

100%

Group total assets
%

100%

Full scope for Group audit purposes 2017.

77

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Independent auditors’ report to the members  
of Auto Trader Group plc only continued

4. Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006 is unmodified 
In our opinion:

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review: 

 – the Directors’ statements, set out on page 32, in relation to going 

concern and longer-term viability; and 

 – the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006; and

 – the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on page 44 

relating to the Company’s compliance with the eleven provisions of 
the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above responsibilities. 

Scope and responsibilities
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set 
out on page 75, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view. A description of the scope of an audit of financial statements 
is provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. This report is made solely 
to the Company’s members as a body and is subject to important 
explanations and disclaimers regarding our responsibilities, published 
on our website at www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2014a, which 
are incorporated into this report as if set out in full and should be read 
to provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, the work 
we have undertaken and the basis of our opinions.

Mick Davies (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
1 St. Peter’s Square 
Manchester 
M2 3AE

8 June 2017

 – the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ 

Report for the financial year is consistent with the financial 
statements.

Based solely on the work required to be undertaken in the course of 
the audit of the financial statements and from reading the Strategic 
Report and the Directors’ Report:

 – we have not identified material misstatements in those reports; and 

 – in our opinion, those reports have been prepared in accordance 

with the Companies Act 2006. 

5. We have nothing to report on the disclosures of principal risks
Based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

 – the Directors’ statement of viability on page 32, concerning the 

principal risks, their management, and, based on that, the Directors’ 
assessment and expectations of the Group’s continuing in 
operation over the three years to 31 March 2020; or

 – the disclosures in note 1 of the financial statements concerning 

the use of the going concern basis of accounting.

6. We have nothing to report in respect of the matters on which 
we are required to report by exception
Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, based 
on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have identified 
other information in the Annual Report that contains a material 
inconsistency with either that knowledge or the financial statements, 
a material misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to report to you if:

 – we have identified material inconsistencies between the 

knowledge we acquired during our audit and the Directors’ 
statement that they consider that the Annual Report and financial 
statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Group’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy; or

 – the Audit Committee Report does not appropriately address 

matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee. 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

 – the parent company financial statements and the part of the 

Directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; or

 – certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law 

are not made; or

 – we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit.

78

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Consolidated income statement

For the year ended 31 March 2017

Revenue

Administrative expenses

Operating profit before share-based payments and associated NI, 
  and exceptional items

Share-based payments and associated NI

Exceptional items

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent

Basic earnings per share

From profit for the year (pence per share)

Diluted earnings per share

From profit for the year (pence per share)

Note

3

26

4

4

7

8

9

9

2017
£m

311.4

(108.3)

207.2

(4.5)

0.4

203.1

(9.7)

193.4

(38.7)

154.7

2016
£m

281.6

(112.0)

171.3

(2.5)

0.8

169.6

(14.6)

155.0

(28.3)

126.7

15.64

12.67

15.60

12.65

As outlined in the basis of preparation on page 84, the current period is for the 369 days ended 31 March 2017 and the comparative period 
is for the 52 weeks (364 days) ended 27 March 2016.

79

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 March 2017

Profit for the year

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss

Currency translation differences

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent

2017
£m

154.7

0.5

0.5

155.2

2016
£m

126.7

0.5

0.5

127.2

Currency translation differences arise on the consolidation of the Group’s subsidiaries that have a functional currency other than sterling.

As outlined in the basis of preparation on page 84, the current period is for the 369 days ended 31 March 2017 and the comparative period 
is for the 52 weeks (364 days) ended 27 March 2016.

80

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Consolidated balance sheet

At 31 March 2017

Assets

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred taxation assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

Total assets

Equity and liabilities

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Ordinary shares

Retained earnings

Capital reorganisation reserve

Own shares held

Capital redemption reserve

Other reserves

Total equity

Liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Deferred taxation liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current income tax liabilities

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

10

11

20

14

16

15

22

23

18

20

21 

19

17

19

The financial statements from pages 79 to 115 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue.

Sean Glithero
Chief Financial Officer 
8 June 2017

Auto Trader Group plc 

Registered number 09439967

2017
£m

320.4

6.7

4.7

331.8

50.7

8.0

58.7

-

58.7

2016
£m

323.4

7.4

4.3

335.1

51.7

10.4

62.1

0.3

62.4

390.5

397.5

9.8

1,015.9

(1,060.8)

(16.9)

0.2

30.4

(21.4)

10.0

970.9

(1,060.8)

(1.5)

-

29.9

(51.5)

357.8

0.2

–

1.1

359.1

33.3

19.2

0.3

52.8

411.9

390.5

395.6

0.3

–

1.1

397.0

36.6

14.9

0.5

52.0

449.0

397.5

81

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 March 2017

Share
capital
£m

Share 
premium 
account
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

Own
shares
held
£m

Capital
reorganisation 
reserve
£m

Capital
redemption
 reserve
£m

Note

Balance at March 2015

1,500.0

144.4

(789.1)

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Currency translation differences

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

Transactions with owners

IFRS 2 – share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Issue of share capital

Capital reduction

Dividends paid 

Acquisition of shares by ESOT

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Total transactions with owners, 
recognised directly in equity

Balance at March 2016

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Currency translation differences

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

Transactions with owners

IFRS 2 – share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Repurchase of own shares for treasury

Cancellation of shares

Dividends paid

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Total transactions with owners, 
recognised directly in equity

Balance at March 2017

26

20

22

22

24

23

23

26

20

23

22

24

23

–

–

–

–

–

1.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

126.7

–

126.7

2.3

0.1

(1.6)

(1,491.6)

(144.4)

1,636.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

(5.0)

1.6

(0.1)

(1,490.0)

(144.4)

1,633.3

10.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.2)

–

–

(0.2)

9.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

970.9

154.7

–

154.7

4.0

0.1

–

(87.1)

(26.6)

(0.1)

(109.7)

1,015.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.6)

0.1

(1.5)

(1.5)

–

–

–

–

–

(15.5)

–

–

0.1

(15.4)

(16.9)

(1,060.8)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,060.8)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,060.8)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

–

–

0.2

0.2

Other
reserves
£m

Total
equity
£m

29.4

(176.1)

–

126.7

0.5

0.5

0.5

127.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

29.9

2.3

0.1

–

–

(5.0)

–

–

(2.6)

(51.5)

–

154.7

0.5

0.5

0.5

155.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

30.4

4.0

0.1

(15.5)

(87.1)

(26.6)

–

(125.1)

(21.4)

82

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Consolidated statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 March 2017

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations before exceptional operating items

Cash flows from exceptional operating items (excluding IPO fees) 

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of intangible assets – financial systems

Purchases of intangible assets – other

Purchases of property, plant and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Bank deposit and other interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders

Repayment of Syndicated Term Loan

Payment of IPO costs

Payment of interest on borrowings

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Purchase of own shares for treasury

Payment of fees on repurchase of own shares

Net cash used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Note

25

24

18

16

16

2017
£m

212.9

-

212.9

(34.8)

178.1

(0.7)

(0.5)

(2.5)

-

-

(3.7)

(26.6)

(40.0)

-

(7.6)

(86.7)

(15.4)

(0.5)

(176.8)

(2.4)

10.4

8.0

2016
£m

184.4

(4.3)

180.1

(16.0)

164.1

(0.5)

(0.3)

(2.3)

0.1

0.1

(2.9)

(5.0)

(147.0)

(8.3)

(12.6)

-

-

-

(172.9)

(11.7)

22.1

10.4

As outlined in the basis of preparation on page 84, the current period is for the 369 days ended 31 March 2017 and the comparative period 
is for the 52 weeks (364 days) ended 27 March 2016.

83

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements

General information

Auto Trader Group plc is a public limited company which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is domiciled and incorporated 
in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The address of the registered office is given on the inside back cover.

1. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have 
been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial information presented is at and for the 364 day 
(52 week) period ended 27 March 2016 and for the 369 day period ended 31 March 2017. Due to the publishing heritage of the business, results 
have historically been reported on a 52 week basis, with the accounting period ending on the closest Sunday to 31 March. The Board made the 
decision to change the period end date to be 31 March every year, starting in 2017, to better align with our customers’ needs and to the products 
and services we offer. As a consequence of this change, the 2017 financial year was five days longer than the previous year. 

Financial year ends have been referred to as 31 March throughout these consolidated financial statements as per the Company’s accounting 
reference date. Financial years are referred to as 2016 and 2017 in these consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted 
by the European Union (‘EU’), IFRS Interpretation Committee (‘IFRS IC’), certain interpretations as adopted by the EU, and the Companies Act 
2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis 
and under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative 
instruments) at fair value through profit or loss.

Going concern
The Directors, after making enquiries and on the basis of current financial projections and facilities available, believe that the Group has 
adequate financial resources to continue in operation for a period not less than 12 months from the date of this report. For this reason, 
they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain accounting estimates and assumptions. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Estimates and judgements are 
continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances.

There are no accounting estimates or judgements which are critical to the reporting of results of operations and financial position.

The accounting estimates believed to require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgements are as follows:

 – carrying values of goodwill; and

 – share-based payments.

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated. The recoverable 
amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates, see note 10.

Share-based payment arrangements in which the Group receives goods or services as consideration for its own equity instruments are 
accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions. The fair value of services received in return for share options is 
calculated with reference to the fair value of the award on the date of grant. Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo models have been used where 
appropriate to calculate the fair value and the Directors have therefore made estimates with regards to the inputs to that model and the 
period over which the share award is expected to vest (note 26).

84

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017New accounting standards and IFRS IC interpretations
The Group has adopted the following new and amended IFRSs in 2017 in the consolidated financial statements with no significant impact 
on its consolidated results or financial position:

 – Annual improvements to IFRSs 2012-2014

 – Amendment to IFRS 11, ‘Joint arrangements on acquisition of an interest in a joint operation’

 – Amendment to IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’, on depreciation and amortisation

 – Amendments to IAS 27, ‘Separate financial statements’ on equity accounting

 – Amendments to IFRS 10, ‘Consolidated financial statements’ and IAS 28, ’Investments in associates and joint ventures’ on applying the 

consolidation exemption

 – Amendments to IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’ disclosure initiative

The following standards and interpretations were issued by the IASB but have not been adopted either because they were not endorsed 
by the EU at 31 March 2017 or they are not yet mandatory and the Group has not chosen to early-adopt them:

 – IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ (effective 1 January 2018). This will simplify the classification of financial assets for measurement purposes, 

but is not anticipated to have a significant impact on the financial statements.

 – IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from Contracts with customers’ (effective 1 January 2018) and Clarifications to IFRS 15 (not yet EU endorsed). The Group 

intends to adopt IFRS 15 in its financial statements for the year ending 31 March 2019. Under IFRS 15, revenue will be recognised when 
performance obligations are satisfied. The Group does not anticipate that this change will have a material impact on the Group consolidated 
results or financial position.

 – IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ (effective 1 January 2019, not yet EU endorsed). The Group intends to adopt IFRS 16 in its financial statements for the year ending 
31 March 2020. This standard will significantly affect the presentation of the Group financial statements, with all leases apart from short-term 
leases being recognised as on-balance sheet finance leases with a corresponding liability being the present value of lease payments.

 – Amendments to IFRS 2 – Classification and Measurement of Share-Based payments transactions (not yet EU endorsed). This standard is not 

anticipated to have a significant impact on the financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The Group’s consolidated financial statements consolidate the financial statements of Auto Trader Group plc and all of its subsidiary 
undertakings.

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from 
the date that control ceases.

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition is 
measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. 
Costs directly attributable to the acquisition are expensed. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in 
a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling 
interest. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair 
value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the 
total of consideration transferred, non-controlling interest recognised and previously held interest measured is less than the fair value of the 
net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement.

Intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation.

Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 
20% and 50% of the voting rights. Where significant influence is not demonstrated but the shareholding is between 20% and 50% the Group would 
account for its interest as an investment. All investments are initially recognised at cost and the carrying value is reviewed for impairment.

85

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20171. Accounting policies continued 

Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. 
The chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, 
has been identified as the Operational Leadership Team that makes strategic decisions (note 3).

Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course 
of the Group’s activities. Revenue is stated net of discounts, rebates, refunds and value-added tax.

The Group recognises revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow 
to the entity and when specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s activities as described below. The Group bases its estimates 
on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transactions and the specifics of each arrangement.

Revenue is recognised as follows:

 – Trade revenue: fees from retailer and home trader customers for advertising on the Group’s websites and web-related activities are 

recognised on a straight-line basis as the service is provided. Retailer website build and hosting subscription fees, maintenance contracts 
and other subscription fees are recognised on a straight-line basis over the period to which they relate.

 – Consumer services revenue: fees from private sellers for advertising on the Group’s websites are recognised on a straight-line basis as 

the service is provided. Revenues from third-party partners who provide services to consumers relating to their motoring needs, such as 
insurance and loan finance, are recognised as the service is provided.

 – Display advertising : revenue from manufacturers and their advertising agencies for placing display advertising on the Group’s websites 

is recognised on a straight-line basis as the service is provided. 

Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which 
the dividend is approved by the Company’s shareholders in the case of final dividends, or the date at which they are paid in the case of 
interim dividends.

86

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Employee benefits
The Group operates several pension schemes and all except one are defined contribution schemes. Within the UK all pension schemes 
set up prior to 2001 have been closed to new members and only one defined contribution scheme is now open to new employees.

a) Defined contribution scheme
The assets of the defined contribution scheme are held separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds. The costs 
in respect of this scheme are charged to the income statement as incurred.

b) Defined benefit scheme
The Group operates one defined benefit pension scheme that is closed to new members. The asset or liability recognised in the balance sheet 
in respect of the defined benefit scheme is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of 
the scheme’s assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. 
The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of 
high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity 
approximating those of the related pension liability. Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes 
in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in ‘other comprehensive income’ in the period in which they arise. Any scheme 
surplus (to the extent it can be recovered) or deficit is recognised in full on the balance sheet.

c) Share-based payments
Equity-settled awards are valued at grant date, and the difference between the grant date fair value and the consideration paid by the 
employee is charged as an expense in the income statement spread over the vesting period. Fair value of the awards are measured using 
Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo pricing models. The credit side of the entry is recorded in equity. Cash-settled awards are revalued at each 
reporting date with the fair value of the award charged to the profit and loss account over the vesting period and the credit side of the entry 
recognised as a liability.

Non-underlying items
Significant items of income and expense that do not relate to the trading of the Group are disclosed as ‘non-underlying’. Examples of such 
items are exceptional items and share-based payments and associated NI.

Exceptional items
Significant non-recurring items of income and expense are disclosed as ‘exceptional items’. Examples of items that may give rise to disclosure 
as exceptional items include costs of major restructuring and reorganisation of the business, corporate refinancing and restructuring costs, 
gains on the early extinguishment of borrowings or impairments of intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, as well as the reversal of 
such writedowns or impairments, material disposals of property, plant and equipment and litigation settlements. A full analysis of exceptional 
items is provided in note 4.

Foreign currency translation
a) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the entity operates. The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling (£), which is the Group’s presentation currency, 
and rounded to the nearest hundred thousand (£0.1m) except when otherwise indicated.

b) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at the period end exchange rates 
of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement within administrative expenses.

c) Group companies
The results and financial position of all Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper-inflationary economy) that have a functional 
currency other than sterling are translated into sterling as follows:

 – assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet; and

 – income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates.

On the disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognised in the income 
statement as part of the gain or loss on sale. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated 
as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.

87

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20171. Accounting policies continued

Intangible assets
a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired 
subsidiary at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses are charged to 
the income statement and are not reversed. The gain or loss on the disposal of an entity includes the carrying amount of goodwill relating 
to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units 
that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose.

b) Trademarks, trade names, technology and customer relationships
Separately acquired trademarks, trade names, technology and customer relationships are recognised at historical cost. They have a finite 
useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost 
over their estimated useful lives of between one and 15 years. Trademarks, trade names, technology and customer relationships acquired in 
a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date and subsequently amortised.

c) Software
Acquired computer software is capitalised at cost, including any costs to bring it into use, and is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. 
Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost over the estimated useful life of three to five years.

d) Software and website development costs and financial systems
Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products, websites and systems 
controlled by the Group are recognised as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

 – it is technically feasible to complete the software product or website so that it will be available for use;

 – management intends to complete the software product or website and use or sell it;

 – there is an ability to use or sell the software product or website;

 – it can be demonstrated how the software product or website will generate probable future economic benefits;

 – adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software product or website 

are available; and

 – the expenditure attributable to the software product or website during its development can be reliably measured.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part of the software product, website or system include employee and contractor costs.

Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria as well as ongoing maintenance and costs associated with routine upgrades 
and enhancements are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Development costs for software, websites and systems are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and are amortised over their useful 
lives (not exceeding five years) at the point in which they come into use.

Property, plant and equipment
All property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Historical cost comprises 
the purchase price of the asset and expenditure directly attributable to the acquisition of the item.

Freehold land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost less their 
estimated residual values over the estimated useful lives as follows:

Land, buildings and leasehold improvements:

 – Freehold buildings 

 – Leasehold land and buildings 

 – Leasehold improvements 

 – Plant and equipment 

50 years

life of lease

life of lease

3–10 years

88

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Assets in the course of construction are recorded separately within property, plant and equipment and are transferred to the appropriate 
classification when complete and depreciated from the date they are brought into use.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. The carrying value of assets 
is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Assets will be 
written down to their recoverable amount if lower than the carrying value, and any impairment is charged to the income statement.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised in the income 
statement within ‘administrative expenses’.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life, for example goodwill, are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets 
that are subject to amortisation and depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds 
its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of 
assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). 
Non-financial assets other than goodwill that have suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each 
reporting date.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely 
independent cash flows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash-generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated 
to the cash-generating unit (or group of units) and then to reduce the carrying amount of other assets in the unit (or group of units) on a 
pro-rata basis.

Assets and liabilities (or disposal groups) held for sale
Assets and liabilities (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. On classification as held for sale, they are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair 
value less costs to sell. Impairment losses are included in the income statement, as are any gains and losses on subsequent re-measurement.

Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets in the categories of loans and receivables and at fair value through profit or loss. The classification 
depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at 
initial recognition.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They 
are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date which are classified as non-current 
assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet. Loans 
and receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Financial assets measured at fair value are those held for trading or designated at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are categorised 
as held for trading unless they are designated as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets. Financial assets carried at fair 
value through the profit or loss account are initially recognised at fair value, and transaction costs are expensed in the income statement. They 
are subsequently re-measured to fair value and gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value are recognised in the income statement in 
the period in which they arise.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset 
the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets 
is impaired. A financial asset is impaired only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after 
the initial recognition of the asset and that this event has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset that can be 
reliably estimated. The amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced 
and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreased and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring 
after the impairment was recognised, the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is credited to the income statement.

89

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20171. Accounting policies continued

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The Group does not currently use derivative financial instruments for hedging or for speculative purposes.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, 
less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group 
will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, short-term deposits held on call with banks and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown 
within borrowings in ‘current liabilities’ on the balance sheet.

Trade payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and are subsequently carried at amortised cost, with any 
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value being recognised in the income statement over the 
period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Finance and issue costs associated with the borrowings are charged to the income statement using the effective interest rate method from 
the date of issue over the estimated life of the borrowings to which the costs relate.

Borrowings are derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expired. Where an existing financial liability is 
replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such 
an exchange or modification is treated as a de-recognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, such that the difference 
in respective carrying amounts together with any costs or fees incurred are recognised in the income statement.

The buyback of bank borrowings represents the discharge of the obligation to repay the debt. The difference between the carrying amount of 
the financial liability extinguished and the consideration paid is recognised as an exceptional gain in the income statement, as it is a significant 
non-recurring item.

Preference shares are treated as borrowings where in substance they have the features of debt instruments; otherwise they are classified 
as equity. The related dividends are recognised as an interest expense for debt instruments and as dividends for equity instruments.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 
12 months after the balance sheet date.

90

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Provisions
A provision is recognised when a present legal or constructive obligation exists at the balance sheet date as a result of a past event, it is 
probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of that obligation can be made. Where 
there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class 
of obligations as a whole. If the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate 
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and where appropriate the risks specific to the obligation.

Contingent liabilities are not recognised but are disclosed unless an outflow of resources is remote. Contingent assets are not recognised 
but are disclosed where an inflow of economic benefits is probable.

Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. 
Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the lease.

Taxation
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred taxation. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised in ‘other comprehensive income’ or directly in equity. In this case the tax is also recognised in ‘other 
comprehensive income’ or directly in equity, respectively. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to 
situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Current taxation is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) calculated using the rates of tax and laws that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income.

Deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax base of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements.

Deferred taxation is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are 
expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

Deferred taxation assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred taxation is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries except where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred taxation assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred taxation assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity 
or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balance on a net basis.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction 
from the proceeds.

Where the Group purchases its own equity share capital, the consideration paid is deducted from equity attributable to the Group’s 
shareholders. Where such shares are subsequently cancelled, the nominal value of the shares repurchased is deducted from share capital 
and transferred to a capital redemption reserve.

Where the Group purchases its own equity share capital to hold in Treasury, the consideration paid for the shares is shown as own shares 
held within equity. 

Shares held by the Employee Share Option Trust
The Employee Share Option Trust (‘ESOT’) provides for the issue of shares to Group employees principally under share option schemes. The 
Group has control of the ESOT and therefore consolidates the ESOT in the Group financial statements. Accordingly, shares in the Company 
held by the ESOT are included in the balance sheet at cost as a deduction from equity.

91

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20171. Accounting policies continued

Share premium and other reserves
The amount subscribed for the ordinary shares in excess of the nominal value of these new shares is recorded in ‘share premium’. Costs that 
directly relate to the issue of ordinary shares are deducted from share premium net of corporation tax.

The capital reorganisation reserve arose on consolidation as a result of the share-for-share exchange on 24 March 2015. It represents the 
difference between the nominal value of shares issued by Auto Trader Group plc in this transaction and the share capital and reserves of 
Auto Trader Holding Limited.

The capital redemption reserve arises from the purchase and subsequent cancellation of the Group’s own equity share capital.

Other reserves comprise the currency translation reserve on the consolidation of entities whose functional currency is other than sterling.

Earnings per share
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (‘EPS’) for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit 
attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. For diluted EPS, 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

2. Financial risk management

a) Financial risk factors
In the course of its business the Group is exposed to market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit risk, liquidity risk 
and technology risk. The Group’s overall risk management strategy is to minimise potential adverse effects on the financial performance and 
net assets of the Group. These policies are set and reviewed by senior finance management and all significant financing transactions are 
authorised by the Board of Directors.

Market risk
i.  Foreign exchange risk
The Group has no significant foreign exchange risk as 98% of the Group’s revenue and 97% of costs are sterling-denominated. As the amounts 
are not significant, no sensitivity analysis has been presented.

The Group operates in Ireland. Foreign-currency-denominated net assets of overseas operations are not hedged as they represent a relatively 
small proportion of the Group’s net assets. The Group operates a dividend policy ensuring any surplus cash is remitted to the UK and 
translated into sterling thereby minimising the impact of exchange volatility.

ii.  Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings under the Syndicated Term Loan subject to floating rates of interest linked 
to LIBOR. The Group monitors interest rates on an ongoing basis but does not currently hedge interest rate risk.

iii.  Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that financial loss arises from the failure of a customer or counterparty to meet its obligations under a contract. The Group 
has dedicated standards, policies and procedures to control and monitor all such risks. Although the Group is potentially exposed to credit 
loss in the event of non-performance by counterparties, such credit risk is controlled through credit rating reviews of the counterparties and 
by limiting the total amount of exposure to any one party. The Group does not believe it is exposed to any material concentrations of credit 
risk. As an example, the Group’s borrowings are arranged with a syndicate of major banks and are committed until 2020.

Credit risk relating to trade receivables is managed centrally and the credit risk for new customers is analysed before standard payment terms 
and conditions are offered. Policies and procedures exist to ensure that existing customers have an appropriate credit history and a 
significant number of balances are prepaid or collected via direct debit. Sales to private customers are primarily settled using major debit or 
credit cards which reduces the risk in this area. Overall, the Group considers that it is not exposed to a significant amount of either customer 
credit or bad debt risk, due to the diversified and fragmented nature of the customer base.

The cost of bad debts for the year ended 31 March 2017 was 0.6% of revenue (for the year ended 31 March 2016: 0.8%).

92

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017iv.  Liquidity risk
Cash flow forecasting is performed centrally by the Group treasury manager. Rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements 
are monitored to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs. Such forecasting takes into consideration the Group’s debt 
financing plans.

Surplus cash held by operating entities over and above the balance required for working capital management is invested centrally in interest-
bearing current accounts and money market deposits with appropriate maturities or sufficient liquidity as required by the above-mentioned 
forecasts. 

The tables below analyse the Group’s financial liabilities and undrawn commitments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining 
period at the balance sheet date to contractual maturity date. Derivative financial instruments are included in the analysis if their contractual 
maturities are essential for an understanding of the timing of the cash flows. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual 
undiscounted cash flows. As disclosed in note 18 of these consolidated financial statements, the borrowings are currently drawn down under 
a syndicated debt arrangement and repayments can be made at any time without penalty. As such there is no contractual interest cost. 
Interest paid in the year in relation to borrowings amounted to £7.6m.

At 31 March 2017

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Undrawn revolving credit and other facilities

Total

At 31 March 2016

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Undrawn revolving credit and other facilities

Total

Less than
1 year
£m

Between
1 and 2
years
£m

–

7.1

–

7.1

Less than
1 year
£m

–

8.5

–

8.5

–

–

–

–

Between
1 and 2
years
£m

–

–

–

–

Between
2 and 5
years
£m

363.0

–

30.0

393.0

Between
2 and 5
years
£m

403.0

–

30.0

433.0

b) Capital risk management
The Group considers capital to be net debt plus total equity. Net debt is defined as borrowings excluding debt issue costs less cash 
and short-term deposits. Total equity is as shown in the consolidated balance sheet.

The calculation of total capital is shown in the table below:

Loans due within one year

Loans and overdrafts greater than one year

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

Total net debt

Total equity

Total capital

2017
£m

–

363.0

(8.0)

355.0

(21.4)

333.6

Over
5 years
£m

–

–

–

–

Over
5 years
£m

–

–

–

–

2016
£m

–

403.0

(10.4)

392.6

(51.5)

341.1

The objectives for managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, in order to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an efficient capital structure to optimise the cost of capital. In order to 
maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, 
issue new shares or take other steps to increase share capital and reduce or increase debt facilities.

The margin payable on the Syndicated Term Loan interest is dependent on the consolidated leverage ratio of Auto Trader Group plc and its 
subsidiaries and this is calculated and reviewed on a semi-annual basis. Repayments can be made without penalty under the Syndicated 
Term Loan Agreement and there is no requirement to settle all or part of the Syndicated Term Loan earlier than its termination date of 2020. 
The Group remains in compliance with its banking covenants.

c) Fair value estimation
At 31 March 2017 and 31 March 2016, the Group had no financial instruments held at fair value through profit and loss.

93

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20173. Segmental information

IFRS 8 Operating segments requires the Group to determine its operating segments based on information which is provided internally. Based 
on the internal reporting information and management structures within the Group, it has been determined that there is only one operating 
segment, being the Group, as the information reported includes operating results at a consolidated Group level only. This reflects the nature 
of the business, where the major cost is to support the IT platforms upon which all of the Group’s customers are serviced. These costs are 
borne centrally and are not attributable to any specific customer type or revenue stream. There is also considered to be only one reporting 
segment, which is the Group, the results of which are shown in the consolidated income statement.

Management has determined that there is one operating and reporting segment based on the reports reviewed by the Operational Leadership 
Team (‘OLT’) which is the chief operating decision-maker (‘CODM’). The OLT is made up of the Executive Directors and Key Management and is 
responsible for the strategic decision-making of the Group.

To assist in the analysis of the Group’s revenue-generating trends, the OLT reviews revenue from three customer types as detailed below:

 – Trade: revenue from retailer and home trader customers advertising their vehicles and utilising the Group’s products;

 – Consumer services: revenue from private sellers for vehicle advertisements on the Group’s websites. This category also includes revenue 

from third-party partners who provide services to consumers relating to their motoring needs, such as insurance and loan finance; and

 – Display advertising: revenue from manufacturers and their advertising agencies for placing display advertising on the Group’s websites.

The reporting information provided to the OLT, which presents revenue by customer type, has been voluntarily disclosed below:

Revenue

Trade

Consumer services

Display advertising

Total revenue

2017
£m

262.1

31.8

17.5

311.4

2016
£m

236.4

30.3

14.9

281.6

The revenue from external parties reported to the OLT is measured in a manner consistent with that in the income statement.

Underlying operating profit
Operating costs, comprising administrative expenses, are managed on a Group basis. The OLT measures the overall performance of the 
Group by reference to a non-GAAP measure, Underlying operating profit, which is Operating profit before share-based payments and 
associated NI and exceptional items. This adjusted profit measure was applied by the OLT to understand the earnings trend of the Group 
and was considered the most meaningful measure by which to assess the true operating performance of the Group, as it allowed better 
interpretation of the underlying performance of the business. From next year, i.e. for 2018 and beyond, the business will report against the 
statutory measure of Operating profit, as it is expected that going forward the year-on-year change in share-based payments charges will 
be less distorting than in the past.

Operating profit

– Share-based payments and associated NI

– Exceptional items

Underlying operating profit

A reconciliation of the total segment Operating profit to the profit before tax is provided as follows:

Total segment Operating profit

Finance costs – net

Profit before tax

2017
£m

203.1

4.5

(0.4)

207.2

2017
£m

203.1

(9.7)

193.4

2016
£m

169.6

2.5

(0.8)

171.3

2016
£m

169.6

(14.6)

155.0

The OLT reviews the balance sheet information for the one operating segment. The segment’s assets and liabilities are presented in a manner 
consistent with that of these consolidated financial statements.

94

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017The Group is domiciled in the UK and the following table details external sales by location of customers and non-current assets (excluding 
deferred tax) by geographic area:

Revenue:

UK

Ireland

Total revenue

Non-current assets:

UK

Ireland

Total non-current assets (excluding deferred tax)

2017
£m

306.1

5.3

311.4

321.0

6.1

327.1

2016
£m

277.0

4.6

281.6

326.5

4.3

330.8

Due to the large number of customers the Group serves, there are no individual customers whose revenue is greater than 10% of the Group’s 
total revenue in all periods presented in these financial statements.

4. Operating profit

Operating profit is stated after charging:

Staff costs

Contractor costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Operating lease payments

Exceptional items:

Restructuring of Group operations

Total exceptional items

Note

5

11

10

2017
£m

53.6

0.4

3.2

4.8

2.7

2017
£m

(0.4)

(0.4)

2016
£m

53.6

0.4

2.8

7.8

2.8

2016
£m

(0.8)

(0.8)

Exceptional income for the year ended 31 March 2017 and 31 March 2016 relates to the reversal of provisions previously made for restructuring 
costs that are no longer required.

Services provided by the Company’s auditors
During the year, the Group (including overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the operating company’s auditors:

Fees payable for the audit of the Company and consolidated financial statements

Fees payable for other services:

– the audit of the subsidiary undertakings pursuant to legislation

– tax advisory services

Total

2017
£m

0.1

0.1

–

0.2

2016
£m

0.1

0.2

0.1

0.4

95

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20175. Employees and Directors

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs (note 21)

Share-based payments and associated NI (note 26)

Total

2017
£m

42.5

4.7

1.9

49.1

4.5

53.6

2016
£m

44.4

4.8

1.9

51.1

2.5

53.6

The average monthly number of employees (including Executive Directors but excluding third-party contractors) employed by the Group 
was as follows:

Customer operations

Product and technology

Display

Corporate

Total

6. Directors’ and Key Management remuneration

The remuneration of Directors was as follows:

Aggregate Directors’ emoluments

Share-based payments charge

Total

2017
Number

2016
Number

339

311

46

124

820

2017
£m

1.5

1.3

2.8

395

295

41

123

854

2016
£m

1.7

0.8

2.5

During the year ended 31 March 2017 two Directors (2016: two Directors) were members of the Group’s defined pension contribution scheme.

The remuneration of the highest paid Director was as follows:

Aggregate emoluments

Share-based payments charge

Total

2017
£m

0.7

0.9

1.6

2016
£m

0.9

0.5

1.4

During the year to 31 March 2017, Trevor Mather and Sean Glithero (2016: Trevor Mather and Sean Glithero) received remuneration in respect of 
their services as Directors of the Company and subsidiary undertakings. Ed Williams received remuneration in respect of his services as a Director 
of the Company and, to 8 January 2016, Auto Trader Holding Limited, a subsidiary undertaking. Chip Perry received remuneration in respect of his 
services as a Director of the Company up to 7 March 2016 and, to 8 January 2016, Auto Trader Holding Limited, a subsidiary undertaking. During the 
year to 31 March 2016, Tom Hall and Nick Hartman received no remuneration in respect of their services as Directors of the Company and 
Auto Trader Holding Limited, a subsidiary undertaking.

Refer to the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 62 to 68 for further detail.

Key Management compensation
During the year to 31 March 2017, Key Management comprised the members of the OLT (2016: OLT). The remuneration of all Key Management 
(including Directors) was as follows:

Short-term employee benefits

Share-based payments

Compensation for loss of office

Pension contributions

Total

96

2017
£m

5.0

2.6

–

0.2

7.8

2016
£m

5.7

1.4

0.2

0.2

7.5

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20177. Finance costs

Finance costs

On bank loans and overdrafts

Amortisation of debt issue costs

Total

8. Taxation

Current taxation

UK corporation taxation

Foreign taxation

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current taxation

Deferred taxation

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Effect of rate changes on deferred taxation

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred taxation

Total taxation charge

2017
£m

7.5

2.2

9.7

2017
£m

39.3

0.2

(0.4)

39.1

(0.3)

–

(0.1)

(0.4)

38.7

2016
£m

12.7

1.9

14.6

2016
£m

28.6

0.3

(0.7)

28.2

(0.3)

0.4

–

0.1

28.3

The differences between the total taxation shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard UK corporation taxation rate 
to the profit before taxation on continuing operations are set out below. The Group earns its profits primarily in the UK, therefore the rate used 
for taxation is the standard rate for UK corporation tax.

Profit before taxation

Tax on profit on ordinary activities at the standard UK corporation tax rate of 20% (2016: 20%)

Expenses not deductible for taxation purposes

Adjustments in respect of foreign tax rates

Other permanent differences

Effect of rate changes on deferred taxation

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total taxation charge

2017
£m

193.4

38.7

0.6

(0.1)

–

–

(0.5)

38.7

2016
£m

155.0

31.0

0.3

(0.1)

(2.6)

0.4

(0.7)

28.3

Taxation on items taken directly to equity was a credit of £0.1m (2016: £0.1m) relating to deferred tax on share-based payments.

The tax charge for the year is based on the standard rate of UK corporation tax for the period of 20% (2016: 20%). The March 2016 budget 
announced a further reduction in the UK corporation tax rate to 17% from 1 April 2020. Finance Act 2016 was ‘substantively enacted’ and ‘fully 
enacted’ on 6 and 15 September 2016 respectively. Deferred tax has been calculated based on the rate of 17% which is the rate at which the 
majority of items are expected to reverse.

97

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20179. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the 
parent by the weighted average number of shares in issue.

Year ended 31 March 2017

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

Year ended 31 March 2016

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

Weighted average 
number of ordinary 
shares

Total
earnings
£m

Pence
per share

989,278,991

991,812,212

1,000,002,803

1,001,394,1 1 1

154.7

154.7

126.7

126.7

15.64

15.60

12.67

12.65

The difference between the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares represents the dilutive effect of the Share Incentive Plan, 
Performance Share Plan, Deferred Annual Bonus Plan and the Sharesave scheme. Shares issued to satisfy the Share Incentive Plan were 
subsequently purchased by the Employee Share Option Trust (‘ESOT’) and are entitled to dividends under the scheme rules. The number of 
shares in issue at the start of the year is reconciled to the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares below:

Year ended 31 March 2017

Issued ordinary shares at 31 March 2016

Weighted effect of ordinary shares purchased for cancellation

Weighted effect of ordinary shares purchased for treasury

Weighted effect of shares held by the ESOT

Weighted average number of shares for basic EPS

Dilutive impact of share options outstanding

Weighted average number of shares for diluted EPS

Weighted average
number of shares

1,001,051,699

(7,621,111)

(3,173,244)

(978,353)

989,278,991

2,533,221

991,812,212

The average market value of the Group’s shares for the purposes of calculating the dilutive effect of share-based incentives was based on 
quoted market prices for the period during which the share-based incentives were outstanding.

98

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201710. Intangible assets

Software and 
website 
development 
costs
£m

Goodwill
£m

Financial 
systems
£m

Customer
relationships
£m

Technology
£m

Trade
names and
trademarks
£m

Cost

At 31 March 2015

Additions

Exchange differences

At 31 March 2016

Additions

Exchange differences

At 31 March 2017

Accumulated amortisation 
  and impairments

At 31 March 2015

Amortisation charge

At 31 March 2016

Amortisation charge

At 31 March 2017

Net book value at 31 March 2017

Net book value at 31 March 2016

Net book value at 31 March 2015

433.2

–

0.4

433.6

–

0.5

434.1

120.8

–

120.8

–

120.8

313.3

312.8

312.4

53.7

0.3

–

54.0

0.5

0.1

54.6

48.3

4.0

52.3

1.5

53.8

0.8

1.7

5.4

11.1

0.5

–

11.6

0.7

–

12.3

1.7

2.5

4.2

2.3

6.5

5.8

7.4

9.4

5.8

–

–

5.8

–

–

5.8

5.3

0.4

5.7

0.1

5.8

–

0.1

0.5

5.6

–

–

5.6

–

–

5.6

4.0

0.7

4.7

0.7

5.4

0.2

0.9

1.6

1.9

–

–

1.9

–

–

1.9

1.2

0.2

1.4

0.2

1.6

0.3

0.5

0.7

Total
£m

511.3

0.8

0.4

512.5

1.2

0.6

514.3

181.3

7.8

189.1

4.8

193.9

320.4

323.4

330.0

At 31 March 2017, £0.1m (2016: £0.1m) of software and website development costs represented assets under construction. Amortisation 
of these assets will commence when they are brought into use.

For the year to 31 March 2017, the amortisation charge of £4.8m (2016: £7.8m) has been charged to administrative expenses in the income 
statement.

Goodwill, which has an indefinite useful life, is subject to annual impairment testing, or more frequent testing if there are indicators of impairment.

Goodwill is allocated to the appropriate cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) based on the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash 
inflows independently in relation to the specific goodwill.

The recoverable amount of the CGU is determined from value-in-use calculations that use cash flow projections from the latest three-year 
plan approved by the Directors. Assets have been allocated between the Auto Trader Digital CGU and the Webzone CGU. At 31 March 2017, 
the carrying value of goodwill allocated to the Auto Trader Digital CGU was £307.6m and to the Webzone CGU was £5.7m. 

Key assumptions in the budgets and plans include future revenue growth rates, associated future levels of marketing support and directly 
associated overheads. These assumptions are based on historical trends and future market expectations. Cash flows beyond the three-year 
period are extrapolated using the estimated long-term growth rate of 2.0% (2016: 2.0%). The pre-tax discount rate which has been applied in 
determining value in use for individual CGUs for potential impairments is 8.0% (2016: 8.0%).

Significant headroom exists in the CGUs that have not been fully impaired. There are no reasonably possible changes to the assumptions 
presented above that would result in any impairment recorded in each of the years presented in these financial statements.

Intangible assets have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation of these intangible assets is 
calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives (three to 15 years). The longest 
estimated useful life remaining at 31 March 2017 is five years.

99

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201711. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 31 March 2015

Additions

Reclassification

Transfer to disposal group held for sale (note 15)

Disposals

At 31 March 2016

Additions

At 31 March 2017

Accumulated depreciation

At 31 March 2015

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 March 2016

Charge for the year

At 31 March 2017

Net book value at 31 March 2017

Net book value at 31 March 2016

Net book value at 31 March 2015

Assets under 
construction
£m

Land, buildings and 
leasehold 
improvements
£m

Plant and
equipment
£m

0.2

–

(0.2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

4.2

–

–

(0.3)

–

3.9

–

3.9

0.8

0.3

–

1.1

0.3

1.4

2.5

2.8

3.4

15.8

2.0

0.2

–

(0.1)

17.9

2.5

20.4

10.9

2.5

(0.1)

13.3

2.9

16.2

4.2

4.6

4.9

Total
£m

20.2

2.0

–

(0.3)

(0.1)

21.8

2.5

24.3

11.7

2.8

(0.1)

14.4

3.2

17.6

6.7

7.4

8.5

The depreciation expense of £3.2m for the year to 31 March 2017 (2016: £2.8m) has been recorded in administrative expenses.

100

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201712. Investments

Shares in other undertakings

Cost

At 31 March 2017 and 31 March 2016

Provision for impairment

At 31 March 2017 and 31 March 2016

Net book value at 31 March 2017

Net book value at 31 March 2016

£m

3.2

3.2

–

–

At the balance sheet date the Group holds a 19.4% (2016: 19.4%) interest in the preferred share capital of IAUTOS Company Limited. IAUTOS 
Company Limited is an intermediate holding company through which are held trading companies incorporated in the People’s Republic of 
China. It is not considered an associate as the Group does not have significant influence over this entity. This investment was fully impaired 
in the year to 31 March 2014 as the Chinese trading companies are loss-making with forecast future cash outflows.

Subsidiary undertakings
At 31 March 2017 the Group’s related undertakings were:

Subsidiary undertakings

Country of registration or 
incorporation

Principal activity

Class of shares 
held

Auto Trader Holding Limited 2

England and Wales

Financing company

Auto Trader Limited 2

Trader Licensing Limited 2

England and Wales

Classified listings

England and Wales

Dormant company

Trader Media Holdings Ireland Limited 1,3

Republic of Ireland

Holding company

Trader Media Ireland Unlimited 1,3

Republic of Ireland

Holding company

Webzone Limited 3

Republic of Ireland

Classified listings

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Percentage 
owned by the 
parent

Percentage 
owned by the 
Group

100%

–

–

–

–

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

1 

 As at 31 March 2017 the denoted companies were in the process of members’ voluntary liquidation as part of a Group structuring project. As such they are not 
required to undertake a statutory audit or prepare individual company financial statements.

2  Registered office address for UK companies is shown on the inside back cover.
3  Registered office address for the Republic of Ireland companies is Paramount Court, Corrig Road, Sandyford Industrial Estate, Dublin 18, D18 R9C7.

A guarantee exists in respect of the three wholly owned subsidiaries that are incorporated in the Republic of Ireland and consolidated within 
these financial statements. They have availed themselves of an exemption from filing their individual financial statements in accordance with 
Section 357 of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2014, Ireland.

101

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201713. Financial instruments by category

The accounting policies for financial instruments have been applied to the loans and receivables and financial liabilities as detailed 
in the table below:

31 March 2017

Financial assets as per balance sheet:

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total

31 March 2017

Financial liabilities as per balance sheet:

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Total

31 March 2016

Financial assets as per balance sheet:

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total

31 March 2016

Financial liabilities as per balance sheet:

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Total

Loans and receivables
£m

Non-financial
assets
£m

21.4

8.0

29.4

29.3

–

29.3

Financial liabilities 
measured at 
amortised cost
£m

Non-financial 
liabilities
£m

(357.8)

(7.1)

(364.9)

–

(26.2)

(26.2)

Loans and
receivables
£m

Non-financial
assets
£m

29.4

10.4

39.8

22.3

–

22.3

Financial liabilities 
measured at
amortised cost
£m

Non-financial
liabilities
£m

(395.6)

(8.5)

(404.1)

–

(28.1)

(28.1)

Total
£m

50.7

8.0

58.7

Total
£m

(357.8)

(33.3)

(391.1)

Total
£m

51.7

10.4

62.1

Total
£m

(395.6)

(36.6)

(432.2)

Non-financial assets include prepayments and accrued income. Non-financial liabilities include other taxes and social security and accruals 
and deferred income.

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities approximate their fair values.

102

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201714. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables

Accrued income

Prepayments

Total

The ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

Fully performing

Past due but not impaired:

Up to three months

Impaired

Total

It was assessed that a portion of the impaired receivables is expected to be recovered.

Movements on the provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

At beginning of year

Provision for receivables impairment

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectible

Total

2017
£m

24.4

(3.1)

21.3

0.1

26.1

3.2

50.7

2017
£m

17.8

2.8

3.8

24.4

2017
£m

3.2

1.7

(1.8)

3.1

2016
£m

32.5

(3.2)

29.3

0.1

18.5

3.8

51.7

2016
£m

21.3

7.4

3.8

32.5

2016
£m

2.9

1.9

(1.6)

3.2

The creation and release of the provision for impaired trade receivables is included in administrative expenses in the income statement.

The other classes within ‘trade and other receivables’ do not contain impaired assets.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable included within ‘trade and other 
receivables’. The Group does not hold any collateral as security. Due to the large number of customers the Group services, the credit quality 
of trade receivables is not deemed a significant risk.

The carrying amount of the Group’s trade receivables is denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euro

Total

At 31 March 2017 and 31 March 2016 all other financial receivables are primarily denominated in sterling.

2017
£m

23.6

0.8

24.4

2016
£m

31.6

0.9

32.5

103

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201715. Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

Unoccupied properties no longer required by the Group have been placed for sale and are held at cost less accumulated depreciation 
and any impairment loss.

Non-current assets held for sale:

Property, plant and equipment

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

2017
£m

–

2017
£m

8.0

The Group’s credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is limited as the counterparties are well-established banks with high credit ratings.

At 31 March 2017 and 31 March 2016, the cash and cash equivalents are primarily denominated in sterling.

17. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Other taxes and social security

Other payables

Accruals

Deferred income

Accrued interest payable

Total

2017
£m

6.1

10.0

0.5

14.3

1.9

0.5

33.3

2016
£m

0.3

2016
£m

10.4

2016
£m

7.8

10.9

0.2

15.4

1.8

0.5

36.6

104

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201718. Borrowings

Non-current

Syndicated Term Loan gross of unamortised debt issue costs

Unamortised debt issue costs

Total

The Syndicated Term Loan is repayable as follows:

Within two to five years

Total

The carrying amounts of borrowings approximate their fair values.

2017
£m

363.0

(5.2)

357.8

2017
£m

363.0

363.0

2016
£m

403.0

(7.4)

395.6

2016
£m

403.0

403.0

Syndicated Term Loan (the debt under the terms of the Senior Facilities Agreement)
On 24 March 2015, the Company and a subsidiary undertaking, Auto Trader Holding Limited, entered into a £550.0m Senior Facilities 
Agreement. The associated debt transaction costs were £9.4m. The first utilisation was made on 24 March 2015 when £550.0m was drawn.

Interest on the Syndicated Term Loan is charged at LIBOR plus a margin of between 1.5% and 3.25% depending on the consolidated leverage 
ratio of the Group. There is no requirement to settle all or part of the debt earlier than the termination date in March 2020.

Under the Senior Facilities Agreement, the lenders also made available to the Company and Auto Trader Holding Limited a £30.0m revolving 
credit facility (the ‘RCF’). The RCF was undrawn at 31 March 2017 (2016: undrawn). Cash drawings under the RCF would incur interest at LIBOR, 
plus a margin of between 1.25% and 3.0% depending on the consolidated leverage of the Group (31 March 2016: 1.25% and 3.0%). A commitment 
fee of 35% of the margin applicable to the RCF from time to time is payable quarterly in arrears on the unutilised amounts of the RCF.

During the year to 31 March 2017 the Group repaid £40.0m of the Syndicated Term Loan (2016: £147.0m).

The exposure of the Group’s borrowings (excluding debt issue costs) to LIBOR rate changes and the contractual repricing dates at the balance 
sheet date are as follows:

One month or less

Total

2017
£m

363.0

363.0

2016
£m

403.0

403.0

105

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201719. Provisions for other liabilities and charges

At 31 March 2016

Charged/(released) to the income statement

Received/(utilised) in the year

At 31 March 2017

Current

Non-current

Total

Onerous lease 
and 
dilapidations 
provision
£m

1.1

(0.4)

0.4

1.1

Restructuring 
provision
£m

Holiday pay 
provision
£m

0.2

–

(0.2)

–

0.3

0.3

(0.3)

0.3

2017
£m

0.3

1.1

1.4

Total
£m

1.6

(0.1)

(0.1)

1.4

2016
£m

0.5

1.1

1.6

The onerous lease provision was provided for future payments under property leases in respect of unoccupied properties no longer suitable 
for the Group’s use. During the year, the Group disposed of the last remaining property and as a result, an exceptional credit of £0.4m was 
recognised.

Dilapidations have been provided for all UK and Ireland properties based on the estimate of costs upon exit of the leases, which expire 
between April 2025 and February 2029.

The restructuring provision related to redundancy and other costs concerning key relocations and reorganisations in the UK.

The holiday pay provision relates to liabilities for holiday pay in relation to the UK and Ireland operations for leave days accrued and not yet 
taken at the end of the financial year, and is expected to be fully utilised in the year to 31 March 2018.

106

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201720. Deferred taxation

The movement in deferred taxation assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within 
the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

Deferred taxation assets

At 31 March 2015

Credited/(charged) to the income statement

Credited directly to equity

Effect of rate changes on deferred taxation

At 31 March 2016

Credited/(charged) to the income statement

Credited directly to equity

At 31 March 2017

Deferred taxation liabilities

At 31 March 2015

Credited to the income statement

Effect of rate changes on deferred taxation

At 31 March 2016

Credited to the income statement

At 31 March 2017

Share-based 
payments
£m

Accelerated 
capital 
allowances
£m

Other 
 temporary 
differences
£m

–

0.3

0.1

–

0.4

0.4

0.1

0.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

4.6

(0.2)

–

(0.5)

3.9

(0.1)

–

3.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.6

(0.2)

(0.1)

0.3

(0.1)

0.2

Total
£m

4.6

0.1

0.1

(0.5)

4.3

0.3

0.1

4.7

0.6

(0.2)

(0.1)

0.3

(0.1)

0.2

The Group has estimated that £Nil of the Group’s net deferred income tax asset will be realised in the next 12 months. This is management’s 
current best estimate and may not reflect the actual outcome in the next 12 months.

21. Retirement benefit obligations

Across the UK and Ireland the Group operates several pension schemes. All except one are defined contribution schemes. Within the UK, 
all pension schemes set up prior to 2001 have been closed to new members and only one defined contribution scheme is now open to 
new employees.

In the year to 31 March 2017 the pension contributions to the Group defined contribution scheme amounted to £1.9m (2016: £1.9m). At 31 March 
2017, there were £0.3m (31 March 2016: £0.3m) of pension contributions outstanding relating to the Group’s defined contribution scheme.

The defined benefit pension scheme provides benefits based on final pensionable pay and this scheme was closed to new joiners with effect 
from May 2002. New employees after that date have been offered membership of the Group’s defined contribution scheme.

The most recent actuarial valuation of the defined benefit obligations was performed as at 31 March 2017 by a qualified independent actuary.

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows:

Present value of funded obligations

Fair value of plan assets

Effect of surplus cap

Net liability recognised in the balance sheet

2017
£m

21.0

(21.4)

0.4

–

2016
£m

17.5

(18.4)

0.9

–

The surplus of £0.4m (2016: £0.9m) has not been recognised as an asset as it is not deemed to be recoverable by the Group.

107

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201721. Retirement benefit obligations continued

The net retirement benefit income before taxation recognised in the income statement in respect of the defined benefit schemes 
is summarised as follows:

Interest income on net defined benefit obligation

Administration expenses paid by the scheme

Net retirement benefit income before taxation

The amounts recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income are as follows:

Remeasurement (losses)/gains recognised in the year (before tax)

Effect of surplus cap

Total

The movement in the defined benefit obligations over the year is as follows:

At 31 March 2015

Interest expense/(income)

Remeasurements:

Gain from changes in financial assumptions

Gains arising from experience

Return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in interest income

Benefits paid

Effect of surplus cap

At 31 March 2016

Interest expense/(income)

Remeasurements:

Loss from changes in financial assumptions

Gains arising from experience

Return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in interest income

Benefits paid

Effect of surplus cap

At 31 March 2017

2017
£m

-

-

-

2017
£m

(0.5)

0.5

–

Present value 
of obligation
£m

Fair value 
of plan assets
£m

19.1

0.6

(1.2)

(0.4)

–

(0.6)

–

17.5

0.6

3.9

(0.2)

–

(0.8)

–

21.0

(19.1)

(0.6)

–

–

1.2

0.6

0.4

(17.5)

(0.6)

–

–

(3.2)

0.8

(0.5)

(21.0)

2016
£m

–

–

–

2016
£m

0.4

(0.4)

–

Total
£m

–

–

(1.2)

(0.4)

1.2

–

0.4

–

–

3.9

(0.2)

(3.2)

–

(0.5)

–

 The Company has agreed to contribute £70,000 per annum to the scheme with effect from 1 October 2016 for a period of three years. 
During the year to 31 March 2017, the Group contributed £29,165 to the scheme (2016: £Nil).

As at 31 March 2017, approximately 65% of the liabilities (2016: 65%) are attributable to former employees who have yet to reach retirement 
and 35% to current pensioners (2016: 35%).

108

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017The significant actuarial assumptions were as follows:

Discount rate

Pension growth rate

Inflation rate (‘RPI’)

2017
%

2.60

2.35

3.45

2016
%

3.55

2.15

3.25

Sensitivity to key assumptions has not been disclosed as any reasonable possible changes would not result in a significant change to the 
amounts recorded in the financial statements.

The Group has assumed that mortality will be in line with nationally published mortality table S2NA with CMI 2015 projections related to 
members’ years of birth with long-term rate of improvement of 1.5% per annum. These tables translate into an average life expectancy for 
a pensioner retiring at age 65 as follows:

Member aged 65 (current life expectancy)

Member aged 45 (life expectancy at age 65)

Plan assets are comprised as follows:

Equities

Corporate bonds

Real estate

Total

2017

Male
Years

88

90

2017

£m

12.0

8.3

1.1

21.4

Female
Years

90

92

%

56.1

38.8

5.1

100.0

2016

Male
Years

88

90

2016

£m

10.1

7.4

0.9

18.4

Female
Years

90

92

%

54.9

40.2

4.9

100.0

This defined benefit pension scheme exposes the Group to a number of risks, the most significant of which are:

Asset volatility
The scheme liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if assets underperform this yield, this 
will create a deficit. The scheme holds a significant proportion of equities, which are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long 
term while creating volatility and risk in the short term. The allocation to equities is monitored to ensure it remains appropriate given the 
scheme’s long-term objectives.

Changes in bond yields
A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase the scheme liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an increase in the value of the 
scheme’s bond holdings.

Inflation risk
A proportion of the scheme’s benefit obligations are linked to inflation and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities (although in most cases 
caps on the level of inflationary increases are in place to protect against extreme inflation). The majority of the assets are either unaffected by 
or only loosely correlated with inflation, meaning that an increase in inflation will also increase the deficit.

Life expectancy
The majority of the scheme’s obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an 
increase in the liabilities.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 22 years.

109

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201722. Share capital

Share capital

Allotted, called-up and fully paid ordinary shares of 1p each

At 1 April 

New shares allotted

Capital reduction

Purchase and cancellation of own shares 

Total

2017

2016

Number
’000

Amount
£m

Number
’000

Amount
£m

1,001,052

10.0

1,000,000

-

-

(22,081)

978,971

-

-

(0.2)

9.8

1,052

-

-

1,001,052

1,500.0

1.6

(1,491.6)

-

10.0

The Company commenced a share buyback programme during the year. By resolutions passed at the 2016 AGM, the Company was authorised 
to make market purchases of up to 99,905,974 of its ordinary shares, subject to minimum and maximum price restrictions. A total of 26,292,510 
ordinary shares of £0.01 each were purchased in the year to 31 March 2017, being 2.63% of the shares in issue at the time the authority was 
granted. The average price paid per share was 387.9p, with a total consideration paid (inclusive of all costs) of £102.6m. 4,211,957 shares were 
purchased to be held in treasury, with 22,080,553 being cancelled. 

Included within shares in issue at 31 March 2017 are 948,924 (2016: 1,021,224) shares held by the ESOT and 4,203,277 (2016:Nil) shares held in 
treasury, as detailed in note 23. 

On 23 April 2015 the Company issued and allotted 1,051,699 shares of £1.50 each in connection with the Auto Trader Group plc Share Incentive 
Plan and these were admitted for trade on the London Stock Exchange on 24 April 2015. The shares rank pari passu with the existing ordinary 
shares of the Company. 

On 29 July 2015 the Company completed a reduction of share capital and share premium (the ‘Capital Reduction’), whereby the entire amount 
outstanding on the Company’s share premium account was cancelled and the nominal value of each issued ordinary share in the capital of the 
Company was reduced from £1.50 to £0.01. The Capital Reduction created a significant amount of distributable reserves for the Company.

23. Own shares held

Own shares held – £m

Own shares held as at 1 April 2015

Acquisition of shares by ESOT

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Own shares held as at 31 March 2016

Own shares held as at 1 April 2016

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Repurchase of own shares for treasury

Own shares held as at 31 March 2017

Own shares held – number

Own shares held as at 1 April 2015

Acquisition of shares by ESOT

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Own shares held as at 31 March 2016

Own shares held as at 1 April 2016

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Shares purchased for treasury

Share-based incentives exercised in the year

Own shares held as at 31 March 2017

110

ESOT shares 
reserve
£m

Treasury 
shares
£m

 – 

(1.6)

0.1

(1.5)

(1.5)

0.1

 – 

(1.4)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(15.5)

(15.5)

ESOT shares 
reserve
number of 
shares

Treasury
shares
number of 
shares

–

1,051,699

(30,475)

1,021,224

1,021,224

(72,300)

–

–

–

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 4,211,957 

(8,680)

Total
£m

 – 

(1.6)

0.1

(1.5)

(1.5)

0.1

(15.5)

(16.9)

Total
number of
own shares 
held

 – 

1,051,699

(30,475)

1,021,224

 1,021,224 

(72,300)

 4,211,957 

(8,680) 

948,924

4,203,277

5,152,201

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201724. Dividends

Dividends declared and paid by the Company were as follows: 

2016 interim dividend paid

2016 final dividend paid

2017 interim dividend paid

2017

Pence
per share

 – 

1.0

1.7

 2.7 

2016

Pence
per share

0.5

 – 

 – 

 0.5 

£m

 – 

9.9

16.7

 26.6 

£m

5.0

 – 

 – 

 5.0 

The proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2017 of 3.5p per share, totalling £34.1m, is subject to approval by shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting and hence has not been included as a liability in the financial statements. 

The 2017 interim dividend paid on 27 January 2017 was £16.7m, being a difference of £0.1m compared to that reported in the 2017 half year 
results. This was due to a decrease in the ordinary shares entitled to a dividend between the date that the dividend was declared on 
10 November 2016 and the dividend record date of 6 January 2017. 

The 2016 final dividend paid on 30 September 2016 was £9.9m, being a difference of £0.1m compared to that reported in the 2016 Annual Report. 
This was due to a decrease in the ordinary shares entitled to a dividend between the date that the dividend was proposed on 9 June 2016 and 
the final dividend record date of 2 September 2016.  

The Directors’ policy with regards to future dividends is set out in the Strategic report on page 29.  

25. Cash generated from operations

Profit before taxation

Adjustments for:

  Depreciation

  Amortisation

  Share-based payments charge (excluding associated NI)

  Finance costs

Changes in working capital (excluding the effects of exchange differences on consolidation):

  Trade and other receivables

  Trade and other payables

  Provisions

Cash generated from operations

2017
£m

193.4

3.2

4.8

4.0

9.7

0.7

(2.3)

(0.6)

212.9

2016
£m

155.0

2.8

7.8

2.3

14.6

(2.6)

5.3

(5.1)

180.1

111

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26. Share-based payments

The Group currently operates four share schemes: the Performance Share Plan, Deferred Annual Bonus Plan, Share Incentive Plan and the 
Sharesave scheme.

All share-based incentives are subject to a service condition. Such conditions are not taken into account in the fair value of the service 
received. The fair value of services received in return for share-based incentives is measured by reference to the fair value of share-based 
incentives granted. The estimate of the fair value of the share-based incentives is measured using either the Monte Carlo or Black-Scholes 
pricing model as is most appropriate for each scheme.

The total charge in the year relating to the four schemes was £4.5m (2016: £2.5m) with a Company charge of £1.5m (2016: £0.7m). This included 
associated national insurance (‘NI’) at 13.8%, which management expects to be the prevailing rate when the awards are exercised, and 
apprenticeship levy at 0.5%, based on the share price at the reporting date.

Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’)

Sharesave scheme (‘SAYE’)

Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (‘DABP’)

Total share-based payment charge

NI and apprenticeship levy on applicable schemes

Total charge

Group

Company

2017 
£m

0.8

0.3

2.4

0.5

4.0

0.5

4.5

2016 
£m

0.7

0.1

1.2

0.3

2.3

0.2

2.5

2017 
£m

–

–

1.0

0.3

1.3

0.2

1.5

2016 
£m

–

–

0.4

0.2

0.6

0.1

0.7

Share Incentive Plan
In 2015, the Group established a Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’). All eligible employees were awarded free shares (or nil-cost options in the case 
of employees in Ireland) valued at £3,600 each based on the share price at the time of the Company’s admission to the Stock Exchange in 
March 2015, subject to a three-year service period (‘Vesting Period’). The SIP shareholders are entitled to dividends over the Vesting Period. 
There are no performance conditions applicable to the vesting of SIP shares. The fair value of the SIP awards at the grant date was measured 
to be £2.72 using the Black-Scholes model. The resulting share-based payments charge is being spread evenly over the Vesting Period.

UK SIP

Outstanding at 1 April

Awarded

Dividend shares awarded

Forfeited

Released

Outstanding at 31 March

Vested and Outstanding at 31 March

Irish SIP

Outstanding at 1 April

Awarded

Forfeited

Released

Outstanding at 31 March

Vested and Outstanding at 31 March

2017
Number

913,917

–

6,139

(69,589)

(74,422)

776,045

–

2017
Number

45,491

–

(1,060)

-

44,431

–

2016
Number

–

1,051,699

–

(107,307)

(30,475)

913,917

–

2016
Number

–

45,491

–

–

45,491

–

The weighted average market value per ordinary share for SIP awards released in 2017 was 387.14p (2016: 344.25p).

The SIP shares outstanding at 31 March 2017 have a weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.1 years (2016: 2.1 years).

Shares released relate to those attributable to good leavers as defined by the scheme rules.

112

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Performance Share Plan
The Group operates a Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) for Executive Directors, the OLT and certain key employees.

On 17 June 2016, the Group awarded 1,186,365 nil cost options under the PSP scheme. The extent to which such awards vest will depend upon 
the Group’s performance over a three-year performance period following the award date. The vesting in June 2019 (‘Vesting Date’) of 25% 
of the 2016 PSP award will be dependent on a relative TSR performance condition measured over the performance period and the vesting 
of the 75% of the 2016 PSP award will be dependent on the satisfaction of a cumulative Underlying operating profit (‘UOP’) target measured 
over the performance period.

For details of TSR and UOP performance conditions refer to the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 62 to 68.

The PSP awards have been valued using the Monte Carlo model for the TSR element and the Black-Scholes model for the Underlying operating 
profit element and the resulting share-based payments charge is being spread evenly over the period between the grant date and the 
Vesting Date.

Grant date

Condition

19 June 2015

TSR dependent

19 June 2015

UOP dependent

17 June 2016

TSR dependent

17 June 2016

UOP dependent

Share price 
at grant date 
(£)

Exercise
price 
(£)

Expected 
volatility
(%)

Option 
life 
(years)

Risk free 
rate 
(%)

Dividend 
yield 
(%)

Non-vesting 
condition 
(%)

Fair value 
per option 
(£)

3.06

3.06

3.89

3.89

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

30

n/a

29

n/a

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

0.9

0.9

0.4

0.9

0.0

0.0

0.4

0.4

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

2.08

3.06

2.16

3.89

Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average share price volatility at the grant date.

Outstanding at 1 April

Options granted in the year

Forfeited

Outstanding at 31 March

Exercisable at 31 March

2017
Number

1,641,267

1,186,365

(144,894)

2016
Number

–

1,641,267

–

2,682,738

1,641,267

-

–

The PSP awards outstanding at 31 March 2017 have a weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.6 years (2016: 2.2 years) and a weighted 
average contractual life of 8.7 years (2016: 9.2 years).

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan 
The Group operates a Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (‘DABP’) for Executive Directors and certain key senior executives.

Awards under the plan are contingent on the satisfaction of pre-set internal targets relating to financial and operational objectives. Awards 
have a vesting period of two years from the date of the award (the ‘Vesting Period’) and are potentially forfeitable during that period should 
the employee leave employment. The DABP awards have been valued using the Monte Carlo model and the resulting share-based payments 
charge is being spread evenly over the combined Performance Period and Vesting Period of the shares, being three years.

On 17 June 2016, the Group awarded 248,263 nil cost options under the DABP scheme

Grant date

17 June 2016

Share price 
at grant date 
(£)

Exercise 
price 
(£)

Expected 
volatility 
(%)

3.89

Nil

30

Option 
life 
(years)

2.0

Risk free 
rate 
(%)

Dividend 
yield 
(%)

Non-vesting 
condition 
(%)

Fair value 
per option 
(£)

0.4

0.4

0.0

3.89

113

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201726. Share-based payments continued

Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average share price volatility at the grant date.

Outstanding at 1 April

Options granted in the year

Forfeited

Outstanding at 31 March

Exercisable at 31 March

2017
Number

–

248,263

–

248,263

–

The DABP awards outstanding at 31 March 2017 have a weighted average remaining vesting period of 2.2 years (2016: n/a) and a weighted 
average contractual life of 9.2 years (2016: n/a).

The charge for the year includes an estimate of the awards to be granted after the balance sheet date in respect of achievement of 2017 
targets.

Sharesave scheme
The Group operates a Sharesave (‘SAYE’) scheme for all employees under which employees are granted an option to purchase ordinary shares 
in the Company at up to 20% less than the market price at invitation, in three years’ time, dependent on their entering into a contract to make 
monthly contributions into a savings account over the relevant period. Options are granted and are linked to a savings contract with a term 
of three years. These funds are used to fund the option exercise. No performance criteria are applied to the exercise of Sharesave options. 
The assumptions used in the measurement of the fair value at grant date of the Sharesave plan are as follows:

23 September 2015

3.28

2.64

30

Share price 
at grant date
(£)

Exercise 
price 
(£)

Expected 
volatility
(%)

Option 
life 
(years)

3.0

Risk free 
rate 
(%)

Dividend 
yield 
(%)

Non-vesting 
condition
(%)

Fair value 
per option
(£)

1.0

0.0

33

0.96

Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average share price volatility at the grant date. The requirement that an employee has 
to save in order to purchase shares under the Sharesave plan is a non-vesting condition. This feature has been incorporated into the fair value 
at grant date by applying a discount to the valuation obtained from the Black-Scholes pricing model.

Outstanding at 1 April

Options granted in the year

Exercised

Lapsed

Outstanding at 31 March

Exercisable at 31 March

2017

2016

Number of 
share options

1,060,225

–

(8,680)

(132,264)

919,281

–

Weighted average 
exercise price
£

Number of 
share options

Weighted average 
exercise price
£

2.64

–

2.64

2.64

2.64

–

–

1,096,112

–

(35,887)

1,060,225

–

–

2.64

–

2.64

2.64

–

The weighted average market value per ordinary share for Sharesave options exercised in 2017 was 369.51p (2016 n/a).

The Sharesave options outstanding at 31 March 2017 have a weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.7 years (2016: 2.7 years) 
and a weighted average contractual life of 2.2 years (2016: 3.2 years).

Sharesave options exercised relate to those attributable to good leavers as defined by the scheme rules.

114

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 201727. Contingent liabilities and guarantees

A number of the Group’s entities provide guarantees under the Group’s Syndicated Term Loan agreement. The amount borrowed under this 
agreement at 31 March 2017 was £363.0m (2016: £403.0m).

28. Operating lease commitments

At the balance sheet date, the Group had outstanding commitments for future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable 
operating leases, which fall due as follows:

No later than one year

Later than one year and no later than five years

Later than five years

Total

Land and buildings

Other

2017
£m

1.4

9.9

12.4

23.7

2016
£m

1.1

8.9

14.8

24.8

2017
£m

0.6

0.7

–

1.3

2016
£m

0.5

1.0

–

1.5

At 31 March 2017, £11.8m (2016: £14.2m) of future lease payments payable after five years relate to the new Manchester and London properties. 
The lease terms on these properties are between 10 and 15 years and both lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period at 
market rate.

29. Post balance sheet event

On 25 April 2017, Auto Trader Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, acquired 100% of the share capital of Motor Trade Delivery Limited (‘MTD’) 
for an undisclosed sum. MTD revenues and profits for their last financial year end were less than 1% of the revenue and profits of the Group. 
The acquisition accounting has not yet been concluded as of the date of these financial statements.

115

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Company balance sheet

At 31 March 2017

Fixed assets

Investments

Current assets

Debtors

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called-up share capital

Own shares held

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

3

4

5

8

9

2017
£m

1,210.5

1,210.5

420.1

420.1

2016
£m

1,207.8

1,207.8

440.3

440.3

(118.4)

(8.8)

301.7

431.5

1,512.2

1,639.3

9.8

(16.9)

0.2

1,519.1

1,512.2

10.0

(1.5)

–

1,630.8

1,639.3

The financial statements from pages 116 to 122 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue.

Sean Glithero
Director 
8 June 2017

Auto Trader Group plc 

Registered number 09439967

116

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Company statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 March 2017

Share capital
£m

Share premium
account
£m

Own shares held 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve £m

Retained
earnings/(deficit)
£m

Balance at March 2015

1,500.0

144.4

Loss for the period

Total comprehensive expense, 
net of tax

Transactions with owners:

Issue of share capital

Reduction in share capital

Transfer from ESOT

Dividends paid

Share-based payments

Total transactions with owners, 
recognised directly in equity

Balance at March 2016

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive expense, 
net of tax

Transactions with owners:

Purchase and cancellation of 
own shares

Purchase of treasury shares

Transfer from ESOT

Dividends paid

Share-based payments

Total transactions with owners 
recognised directly in equity

Balance at March 2017

–

–

1.6

(1,491.6)

–

–

–

(1,490.0)

10.0

–

–

(0.2)

–

–

–

–

(0.2)

9.8

–

–

–

(144.4)

–

–

–

(144.4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.6)

0.1

–

–

(1.5)

(1.5)

–

–

–

(15.5)

0.1

–

–

(15.4)

(16.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

–

–

–

–

0.2

0.2

(1.3)

(1.1)

(1.1)

–

1,636.0

(0.1)

(5.0)

2.3

1,633.2

1,630.8

(1.9)

(1.9)

(87.1)

–

(0.1)

(26.6)

4.0

(109.8)

1,519.1

Total equity
£m

1,643.1

(1.1)

(1.1)

–

–

–

(5.0)

2.3

(2.7)

1,639.3

(1.9)

(1.9)

(87.1)

(15.5)

–

(26.6)

4.0

(125.2)

1,512.2

117

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Notes to the Company financial statements

1. Accounting policies

Auto Trader Group plc is a public limited company which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is domiciled and incorporated in the 
United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The Company was incorporated on 13 February 2015 and adopted FRS 102 from that date.

Statement of compliance and basis of preparation
The Company financial statements of Auto Trader Group plc have been prepared in compliance with United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
including Financial Reporting Standard 102, ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland’ 
(‘FRS 102’) and the Companies Act 2006. The Company financial statements have been prepared under the historic cost convention, as modified 
for the revaluation of certain financial assets and liabilities through profit or loss. The current year financial information presented is for the 369 
day period ended 31 March 2017. The comparative financial information presented is at and for the 364 day (52 week) period ended 27 March 2016. 
Financial period ends have been referred to as 31 March throughout the consolidated financial statements as per the Company’s accounting 
reference date.

The Directors have used the going concern principle on the basis that the current profitable financial projections and facilities of the 
consolidated Group will continue in operation for a period not less than 12 months from the date of this report.

The Company financial statements have been prepared in sterling which is the functional and presentational currency of the Company and 
have been presented in round £m.

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, an entity profit and loss account is not included as part of the published consolidated 
financial statements of Auto Trader Group plc. The loss for the financial period dealt with in the financial statements of the parent company 
was £1.9m (2016: loss of £1.1m).

As the Company is included in the consolidated financial statements and is considered to be a qualifying entity under FRS 102 paragraphs 
1.8 to 1.12, the following exemptions have been applied:

 – no separate parent company cash flow statement with related notes has been included; and

 – Key Management personnel compensation has not been included a second time. 

Amounts paid to the Company’s auditors in respect of the statutory audit were £55,000 (2016: £50,000).

Estimation techniques
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 102 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise their judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree 
of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are

 – share-based payments; and

 – carrying value of investments.

Share-based payment arrangements in which the Group receives goods or services as consideration for its own equity instruments are 
accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions. The accounting policies of such arrangements are disclosed in note 1 of 
the Group accounts. The fair value of services received in return for share options is calculated with reference to the fair value of the award on 
the date of grant. Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo models have been used where appropriate to calculate the fair value and the Directors have 
therefore made estimates with regards to the inputs to that model and the period over which the share award is expected to vest (note 26 of 
the consolidated Group financial statements).

The Group considers annually whether the carrying value of investments has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy 
stated. The recoverable amounts of investments have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost, less any provision for impairment. Annually, the Directors consider whether any events or 
circumstances have occurred that could indicate that the carrying amount of fixed asset investments may not be recoverable. If such 
circumstances do exist, a full impairment review is undertaken to establish whether the carrying amount exceeds the higher of net 
realisable value or value in use. If this is the case, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value of the related investment.

Where equity-settled share-based payments are granted to the employees of subsidiary companies, the fair value of the award is treated 
as a capital contribution by the Company and the investments in subsidiaries are adjusted to reflect this capital contribution.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction 
from the proceeds.

Where the Group purchases its own equity share capital, the consideration paid is deducted from equity attributable to the Group’s 
shareholders. Where such shares are subsequently cancelled, the nominal value of the shares repurchased is deducted from share capital and 
transferred to a capital redemption reserve. Where the Group purchases its own equity share capital to hold in Treasury, the consideration 
paid for the shares is shown as own shares held within equity. 

Shares held by the Employee Share Option Trust
Shares in the Company held by the Employee Share Option Trust (‘ESOT’) are included in the balance sheet at cost as a deduction from equity.

118

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Taxation
UK corporation tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid or recovered using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date, where 
transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred on the 
balance sheet date.

A net deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all evidence available, it can be 
regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits against which to recover carried-forward tax losses and from which 
the future reversal of underlying timing differences can be deducted.

Deferred tax is measured at the average rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the timing differences are expected to reverse 
based on the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is measured on an 
undiscounted basis.

Financial instruments
The Company has chosen to adopt Sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102 in respect of financial instruments.

a) Financial assets
Basic financial assets, including trade and other receivables, cash and bank balances and investments in commercial paper, are initially 
recognised at transaction price (unless the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction) and are subsequently carried at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method.

Financial assets which constitute a financing transaction are measured at the present value of the future receipts discounted at a market rate 
of interest. Such assets are subsequently carried at fair value and the changes in fair value are recognised in profit or loss, except that 
investments in equity instruments that are not publicly traded and whose fair values cannot be measured reliably are measured at cost less 
impairment.

At the end of each reporting period financial assets measured at amortised cost are assessed for objective evidence of impairment. If an 
asset is impaired the impairment loss is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the estimated cash flows 
discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.

If there is a decrease in the impairment loss arising from an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the impairment is reversed. 
The reversal is such that the current carrying amount does not exceed what the carrying amount would have been had the impairment not 
previously been recognised. The impairment reversal is recognised in profit or loss.

Financial assets are derecognised when (a) the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or are settled, or (b) substantially all 
the risks and rewards of the ownership of the asset are transferred to another party or (c) despite having retained some significant risks and 
rewards of ownership, control of the asset has been transferred to another party who has the practical ability to unilaterally sell the asset to 
an unrelated third party without imposing additional restrictions.

b) Financial liabilities
Basic financial liabilities, including trade and other payables, bank loans, loans from fellow Group companies and preference shares that are 
classified as debt, are initially recognised at transaction price, unless the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, where the debt 
instrument is measured at the present value of the future receipts discounted at a market rate of interest. Debt instruments are subsequently 
carried at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or 
all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is 
probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the 
period of the facility to which it relates.

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. 
Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current 
liabilities. Trade payables are recognised initially at transaction price and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Dividend distribution
Dividends to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements in the period in which the 
dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders in the case of final dividends. In respect of interim dividends, these are recognised 
once paid.

2. Directors’ emoluments

The Company has no employees other than the Directors. Full details of the Directors’ remuneration and interests are set out in the Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 62 to 68.

119

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20173. Investments in subsidiaries

At beginning of the period

Additions

At end of the period

2017
£m

1,207.8

2.7

1,210.5

2016
£m

1,206.2

1.6

1,207.8

The additions in the year and prior year relate to equity-settled share-based payments granted to the employees of subsidiary companies.

Subsidiary undertakings
At 31 March 2017 the Company’s related undertakings were:

Subsidiary undertakings

Country of registration or 
incorporation

Principal activity

Class of shares 
held

Auto Trader Holding Limited 2

England and Wales

Financing company

Auto Trader Limited 2

Trader Licensing Limited 2

England and Wales

Classified listings

England and Wales

Dormant company

Trader Media Holdings Ireland Limited 1,3

Republic of Ireland

Holding company

Trader Media Ireland Unlimited 1,3

Republic of Ireland

Holding company

Webzone Limited 3

Republic of Ireland

Classified listings

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Percentage 
owned by the 
parent

Percentage 
owned by the 
Group

100%

–

–

–

–

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

1 

 As at 31 March 2017 the denoted companies were in the process of members’ voluntary liquidation as part of a Group structuring project. As such they are not 
required to undertake a statutory audit or prepare individual company financial statements.

2  Registered office address for UK companies is shown on the inside back cover.
3  Registered office address for the Republic of Ireland companies is Paramount Court, Corrig Road, Sandyford Industrial Estate, Dublin 18, D18 R9C7.

4. Debtors

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Deferred tax asset

Corporation tax receivable

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are non-interest-bearing, unsecured and have no fixed date of repayment.

5. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Accruals and deferred income

2017
£m

419.7

0.4

-

420.1

2017
£m

117.5

0.9

118.4

2016
£m

440.0

0.2

0.1

440.3

2016
£m

8.3

0.5

8.8

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are non-interest-bearing, unsecured and have no fixed date of repayment.

6. Financial instruments

Financial instruments utilised by the Company during the year ended 31 March 2017 and period ended 31 March 2016 may be analysed as follows:

Financial assets

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

2017
£m

419.7

2017
£m

118.4

2016
£m

440.0

2016
£m

8.8

Current assets and liabilities
Financial instruments included within current assets and liabilities (excluding cash and borrowings) are generally short term in nature and 
accordingly their fair values approximate to their book values.

120

Notes to the Company financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 20177. Dividends

Dividends declared and paid by the Company were as follows: 

2016 interim dividend paid

2016 final dividend paid

2017 interim dividend paid

2017

Pence
per share

 – 

1.0

1.7

 2.7 

2016

Pence
per share

0.5

 – 

 – 

 0.5 

£m

 – 

9.9

16.7

 26.6 

£m

5.0

 – 

 – 

 5.0 

The proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2017 of 3.5p per share, totalling £34.1m is subject to approval by shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting and hence has not been included as a liability in the financial statements. 

The 2017 interim dividend paid on 27 January 2017 was £16.7m, being a difference of £0.1m compared to that reported in the 2017 half year 
results. This was due to a decrease in the ordinary shares entitled to a dividend between the date that the dividend was declared on 
10 November 2016 and the dividend record date of 6 January 2017. 

The 2016 final dividend paid on 30 September 2016 was £9.9m, being a difference of £0.1m compared to that reported in the 2016 Annual Report. 
This was due to a decrease in the ordinary shares entitled to a dividend between the date that the dividend was proposed on 9 June 2016 and 
the final dividend record date of 2 September 2016. 

The Directors’ policy with regards to future dividends is set out in the Strategic report on page 29. 

8. Called-up share capital

Share capital

Allotted, called-up and fully paid: Ordinary shares of 1p each

At 1 April

New shares allotted

Capital reduction

Purchase and cancellation of own shares

Total

2017

2016

Number
’000

Amount
£m

Number
’000

Amount
£m

1,001,052

10.0

1,001,000

-

-

(22,081)

978,971

-

-

(0.2)

9.8

1,052

-

-

1,001,052

1,500.0

1.6

(1,491.6)

-

10.0

The Company commenced a share buyback programme during the year. By resolutions passed at the 2016 AGM, the Company was authorised 
to make market purchases of up to 99,905,974 of its ordinary shares, subject to minimum and maximum price restrictions. A total of 26,292,510 
ordinary shares of £0.01 each were purchased in the year to 31 March 2017, being 2.63% of the shares in issue at the time the authority was 
granted. The average price paid per share was 387.9p, with a total consideration paid (inclusive of all costs) of £102.6 million. 4,211,957 shares 
were purchased to be held in treasury, with 22,080,553 being cancelled. 

Included within shares in issue at 31 March 2017 are 948,924 (2016: 1,021,224) shares held by the ESOT and 4,203,277 (2015:Nil) shares held in 
treasury, as detailed in note 9. 

On 23 April 2015 the Company issued and allotted 1,051,699 shares of £1.50 each in connection with the Auto Trader Group plc Share Incentive 
Plan and these were admitted for trade on the London Stock Exchange on 24 April 2015. The shares rank pari passu with the existing ordinary 
shares of the Company.  

On 29 July 2015 the Company completed a reduction of share capital and share premium (the ‘Capital Reduction’), whereby the entire amount 
outstanding on the Company’s share premium account was cancelled and the nominal value of each issued ordinary share in the capital of the 
Company was reduced from £1.50 to £0.01. The Capital Reduction created a significant amount of distributable reserves for the Company.

121

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017 
 
9. Own shares held

Own shares held – £m

Own shares held as at 1 April 2015

Acquisition of shares by ESOT

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Own shares held as at 31 March 2016

Own shares held as at 1 April 2016

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Repurchase of own shares for treasury

Own shares held as at 31 March 2017

Own shares held – number

Own shares held as at 1 April 2015

Acquisition of shares by ESOT

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Own shares held as at 31 March 2016

Own shares held as at 1 April 2016

Transfer of shares from ESOT

Shares purchased for treasury

Share-based incentives exercised in the year

Own shares held as at 31 March 2017

10. Contingent liabilities and guarantees

ESOT shares 
reserve
£m

Treasury 
shares
£m

 – 

(1.6)

0.1

(1.5)

(1.5)

0.1

 – 

(1.4)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(15.5)

(15.5)

ESOT shares 
reserve
number of 
shares

Treasury
shares
number of 
shares

–

1,051,699

(30,475)

1,021,224

1,021,224

(72,300)

–

–

–

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 4,211,957 

(8,680)

Total
£m

 – 

(1.6)

0.1

(1.5)

(1.5)

0.1

(15.5)

(16.9)

Total
number of
own shares 
held

 – 

1,051,699

(30,475)

1,021,224

 1,021,224 

(72,300)

 4,211,957 

(8,680) 

948,924

4,203,277

5,152,201

The Company is a guarantor to a borrowing facility relating to a loan provided to a Group entity. The amount borrowed under this agreement 
at 31 March 2017 was £363.0m (2016: £403.0m).

11. Related parties

During the year, a management charge of £1.9m (2016: £2.0m) was received from Auto Trader Limited in respect of services rendered.

At the year end, balances outstanding with other Group undertakings were £419.7m and £117.5m respectively for debtors and creditors 
(2016: £440.0m and £8.3m) as set out in notes 4 and 5.

122

Notes to the Company financial statements continuedAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017Shareholder information

Registered office and headquarters
Auto Trader Group plc 
1 Tony Wilson Place 
Manchester 
M15 4FN 
United Kingdom 
Registered number: 09439967 
Tel: +44 (0) 161 669 9888 
Web: autotrader.co.uk 
Web: about-us.autotrader.co.uk 
Investor relations: ir@autotrader.co.uk

Company Secretary
Claire Baty

Joint stockbrokers
Bank of America Merrill Lynch 
2 King Edward Street 
London 
EC1A 1HQ 

Numis Securities Limited 
The London Stock Exchange Building 
10 Paternoster Square 
London 
EC4M 7LT

Independent auditors
KPMG LLP 
1 St. Peter’s Square 
Manchester 
M2 3AE

Registrar
Capita Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
BR3 4TU

Tel UK: +44 (0) 871 664 0300
(calls cost 12p per minute plus network extras; 
lines are open 9.00am to 5.30pm Monday to Friday, 
excluding public holidays in England and Wales)

Tel international: +44 (0) 371 664 0300
(charged at the appropriate international rate)

Web: capitaassetservices.com 
Email: shareholder.enquiries@capita.co.uk

Financial calendar 2017–2018
Annual General Meeting 
Half-year results  
2018 Full-year results  

21 September 2017 
9 November 2017 
June 2018

Shareholder enquiries
Our registrars will be pleased to deal with any questions 
regarding your shareholdings (see contact details in the opposite 
column). Alternatively, if you have internet access, you can access 
autotradershares.co.uk where you can view and manage all aspects 
of your shareholding securely including electronic communications, 
account enquiries or amendment to address.

Investor relations website
The investor relations section of our website, 
about-us.autotrader.co.uk/investors, provides further information 
for anyone interested in Auto Trader. In addition to the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements and share price, Company announcements 
including the full-year results announcements and associated 
presentations are also published there.

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements
Certain statements made in this Report are forward-looking 
statements. Such statements are based on current expectations 
and assumptions and are subject to a number of risks and 
uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ 
materially from any expected future events or results expressed 
or implied in these forward-looking statements. They appear in a 
number of places throughout this Report and include statements 
regarding the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of the 
Directors concerning, amongst other things, the Group’s results 
of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, 
strategies and the business. Persons receiving this Report should 
not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Unless 
otherwise required by applicable law, regulation or accounting 
standard, Auto Trader Group plc does not undertake to update 
or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result 
of new information, future developments or otherwise.

123

Strategic report   /   Governance   /   Financial statementsAuto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017 
Notes

124

Auto Trader Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017This report is printed on GenYous uncoated paper. 
Manufactured at a mill that is FSC® accredited.

Printed by Principal Colour.

Principal Colour are ISO 14001 certified, Alcohol Free 
and FSC® Chain of Custody certified.

Designed and produced by SampsonMay 
Telephone: 020 7403 4099  
www.sampsonmay.com

Manchester
Auto Trader Group plc 
1 Tony Wilson Place 
Manchester 
M15 4FN

+44 (0) 161 669 9888

London
Auto Trader Group plc 
3rd Floor, 2 Pancras Square 
London 
N1C 4AG

+44 (0) 20 3747 7100

autotrader.co.uk 
about-us.autotrader.co.uk